1 #LyX 2.2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
5 \origin /systemlyxdir/doc/id/
8 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
10 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
11 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
12 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
13 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
14 % the documentation team
15 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
17 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
18 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
20 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
21 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
23 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
25 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
26 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
28 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
29 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
33 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
37 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
38 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
40 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
41 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
43 % for customized page headers/footers
44 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
46 % change header rule width
47 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
49 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
50 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
51 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
53 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
55 % the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version
56 % to follow the most common style (centered chapters) in Indonesia
57 \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering}
58 \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering}
60 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
61 \use_default_options false
66 \maintain_unincluded_children false
68 \language_package default
71 \font_roman "default" "default"
72 \font_sans "default" "default"
73 \font_typewriter "default" "default"
74 \font_math "auto" "auto"
75 \font_default_family default
76 \use_non_tex_fonts false
79 \font_sf_scale 100 100
80 \font_tt_scale 100 100
82 \default_output_format default
84 \bibtex_command bibtex
85 \index_command default
89 \pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX"
94 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
95 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
96 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
101 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
102 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
105 \use_package amsmath 1
106 \use_package amssymb 1
107 \use_package cancel 0
109 \use_package mathdots 1
110 \use_package mathtools 0
111 \use_package mhchem 1
112 \use_package stackrel 0
113 \use_package stmaryrd 0
114 \use_package undertilde 0
116 \cite_engine_type default
120 \paperorientation portrait
124 \notefontcolor #0000ff
141 \paragraph_separation indent
142 \paragraph_indentation default
143 \quotes_language english
146 \paperpagestyle default
147 \tracking_changes false
148 \output_changes false
157 Petunjuk Penggunaan \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
161 oleh Tim \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
167 Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh
172 Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi,
173 silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
177 \begin_inset CommandInset href
179 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
193 \begin_inset Newline newline
197 \begin_inset Newline newline
201 \begin_inset Note Note
204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
205 Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini:
206 \begin_inset Newline newline
211 http://wiki.lyx.org/\SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
212 /DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
220 \begin_layout Standard
221 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
222 LatexCommand tableofcontents
229 \begin_layout Chapter
233 \begin_layout Section
234 Apakah \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
238 \begin_layout Standard
239 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
240 adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan
241 manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk
243 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
253 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
254 menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan,
255 yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
264 , tidak perlu menyatakan
265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
268 Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17
269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
272 pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5
273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
281 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
282 yang akan mengatur semuanya itu.
283 Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan
287 \begin_layout Standard
288 Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan
289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
301 Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu
302 sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini.
305 \begin_layout Standard
307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
318 , selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
319 , juga menjelaskan tentang format
320 penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan.
321 Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu.
322 Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan
323 ini adalah buku panduan
324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
338 \begin_layout Section
339 Bagaimana Tampilan \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
343 \begin_layout Standard
344 Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
345 mempunyai kotak menu utama di
346 bagian atas jendela kerja.
347 Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta
348 berbagai tombol bantuan.
349 Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting
353 \begin_layout Standard
354 Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan
356 Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi
357 merupakan kesengajaan.
358 Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
359 akan selalu diteruskan di baris
360 bawahnya apabila melewati batas jendela kerja.
361 Oleh karena itu, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
362 tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan
364 Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal.
365 Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar.
366 Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala
367 gambar di \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
368 agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
370 Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan
371 yang melebihi area kerja.
372 Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor
373 dalam tabel pada arah horisontal.
374 Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang
375 dan melebihi area kerja.
378 \begin_layout Standard
379 Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
380 serta tombol bantuan yang ada,
381 silahkan membaca di Lampiran
386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
388 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
393 Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu.
394 Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam
400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
402 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
410 \begin_layout Section
414 \begin_layout Standard
415 Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
421 buku panduan dalam \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
423 Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu
427 , kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca.
430 \begin_layout Section
431 Pengaturan \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
435 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
442 \begin_layout Standard
443 Ada beberapa fitur \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
444 dapat diatur dari dalam \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
445 , tanpa melakukan perubahan
446 atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya.
447 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
448 mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen
449 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
450 , serta paket \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
452 Dengan kemampuan ini, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
453 menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan
459 \begin_inset Index idx
462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi
470 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
471 , anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara
472 lokal, misalnya \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
473 class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
475 Untuk memaksa \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
476 untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunaka
479 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar menuseparator
483 \begin_inset Index idx
486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
487 Konfigurasi Ulang \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
493 Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
495 memastikan semua perubahan diterapkan dalam \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
499 \begin_layout Section
500 Pengaturan \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
503 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
510 \begin_layout Standard
511 Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
512 tanpa instalasi \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
514 anda tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa
515 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
517 Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan
518 PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai
519 keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML.
522 \begin_layout Standard
523 Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
525 paket \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
527 Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki
528 berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang.
529 Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang
533 \begin_layout Standard
534 Semua paket \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
535 yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat
538 Bantuan\SpecialChar menuseparator
547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
557 Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi
558 paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu
560 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar menuseparator
568 \begin_inset Note Note
571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
572 The two braces in the \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
573 Code box prevent that the term
574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
577 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
581 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
582 More about \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
583 Code is described in section
588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
590 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
594 , the printout of proper names like \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
595 is explained in section
600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
602 reference "subsec:LyX's-Proper-Names"
612 \begin_inset Index idx
615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
616 Konfigurasi Ulang \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
621 Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
623 lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan
625 Perubahan dan Pengaturan
630 \begin_layout Chapter
631 Bagaimana Menggunakan \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
634 \begin_layout Section
635 Dasar Penggunaan Berkas
636 \begin_inset Index idx
639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
648 \begin_layout Standard
649 Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu
653 serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan.
654 Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah:
657 \begin_layout Itemize
661 \begin_inset Graphics
662 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
670 \begin_layout Itemize
684 \begin_layout Itemize
694 \begin_inset Graphics
695 filename ../../images/file-open.png
703 \begin_layout Itemize
709 \begin_layout Itemize
715 \begin_inset Graphics
716 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
724 \begin_layout Itemize
742 \begin_layout Itemize
752 \begin_layout Itemize
762 \begin_layout Itemize
768 \begin_layout Itemize
774 \begin_layout Itemize
780 \begin_inset Graphics
781 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
789 \begin_layout Itemize
795 \begin_layout Standard
796 Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah
798 Hanya saja di \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
799 ada sedikit perbedaan.
800 Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The
802 Berkas\SpecialChar menuseparator
804 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
813 bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih
814 templet yang akan anda gunakan.
815 Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak
816 dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri.
817 Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab
822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
824 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
831 \begin_layout Standard
848 sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas
853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol
855 Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan
859 \SpecialChar endofsentence
874 akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra.
875 Anda dapat menggunakan operasi
883 untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke
884 berkas terakhir yang anda simpan.
885 Dengan operasi berkas
893 anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain
894 akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan.
897 \begin_layout Section
898 Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan
899 \begin_inset Index idx
902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
909 \begin_inset CommandInset label
911 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
918 \begin_layout Standard
919 Seperti pengolah kata modern lainnya, operasi penyuntingan dengan potong
920 dan tempel dalam \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
921 dapat dipraktekkan untuk teks, berupa karakter, kata,
922 maupun keseluruhan halaman atau bahkan lebih dari satu halaman.
923 Pada empat subbab berikut akan menjelaskan fitur penyuntingan yang ada
924 dalam \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
925 dan bagaimana memanfaatkannya.
926 Kita akan memulai dari potong dan tempel.
929 \begin_layout Standard
930 Seperti yang anda perkirakan, menu
934 dan kotak bantuan standar menyediakan perintah potong dan tempelkan serta
935 fitur suntingan lainnya.
936 Beberapa perintah suntingan perlu pembahasan khusus sehingga dikelompokkan
937 dalam pembahasan subbab berikutnya.
938 Perintah suntingan utama adalah:
941 \begin_layout Itemize
947 \begin_inset Graphics
948 filename ../../images/cut.png
956 \begin_layout Itemize
962 \begin_inset Graphics
963 filename ../../images/copy.png
971 \begin_layout Itemize
977 \begin_inset Graphics
978 filename ../../images/paste.png
986 \begin_layout Itemize
990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1000 \begin_layout Itemize
1004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1010 \begin_layout Itemize
1014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1024 \begin_inset Graphics
1025 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
1034 \begin_layout Standard
1035 Tiga perintah suntingan yang pertama dapat dipahami dari nama perintahnya
1037 Hanya ada beberapa catatan: apabila anda memilih dan menandai teks di dokumen
1038 anda, maka secara otomatis akan tersimpam di papan klip.
1047 juga berfungsi sebagai perintah
1052 Selain itu yang paling penting, jika anda memilih dan menandai teks, harap
1053 hati-hati: jika anda menekan salah satu tombol, maka \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1055 teks yang anda pilih tadi dan mengganti dengan dengan huruf atau karakter
1057 Untuk mengembalikannya, anda perlu melakukan perintah
1061 agar teks dikembalikan seperti semula.
1064 \begin_layout Standard
1065 \begin_inset Index idx
1068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1074 Anda dapat dapat menyalin teks di \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1075 juga dari program lainnya menggunakan
1094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1109 akan menampilkan daftar teks yang terakhir anda tempelkan.
1112 \begin_layout Standard
1115 \SpecialChar menuseparator
1117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1130 akan menyisipkan teks yang tersimpan di papan klip sedemikian sehingga teks
1131 yang disisipkan dalam
1136 Paragraf baru akan dimulai apabila ada baris kosong.
1141 , teks disisipkan sebagai paragraf baru, dimana setiap ganti baris menjadi
1145 \begin_layout Standard
1146 \begin_inset Index idx
1149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1156 \begin_inset Index idx
1159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1167 Suntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
1169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1173 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1186 akan membuka jendela dialog
1189 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1199 Apabila anda sudah menemukan kata atau ekspresi yang anda cari, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1202 Dengan menekan tombol
1206 , kata yang ditemukan tadi akan digantikan dengan teks yang ada di area
1212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1220 Anda bisa meneruskan pencarian dengan menekan tombol Berikutnya.
1221 Jika anda menekan tombol
1226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1233 maka semua kata yang ada di dokumen akan diganti seketika secara otomatis.
1237 \begin_layout Standard
1238 Apabila anda ingin mempertimbangkan huruf besar/kecil, anda perlu menggunakan
1241 Suntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
1243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 anda bisa mengatur pencarian yang anda inginkan.
1282 Apabila anda mengkatifkan pilihan
1285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1294 , maka pencarian kata
1295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1322 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1327 akan memaksa \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1328 hanya mencari kata tersebut, misalnya pencarian
1329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1340 tidak akan menemukan
1341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1355 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1356 offers also an advanced
1359 \begin_inset space ~
1363 \begin_inset space ~
1368 feature that is described in sec.
1369 \begin_inset space ~
1373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1375 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1382 \begin_layout Standard
1383 Beberapa sisipan tambahan berformat, seperti nota, ambangan, dll., dapat
1385 Maknanya apabila tanda sisipan dihilangkan, maka isinya akan berubah menjadi
1387 Cara menguraikan sisipan tambahan adalah dengan meletakkan kursor di lokasi
1388 paling depan dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan tombol ketik
1392 atau meletakkan kursor di bagian akhir dalam kotak sisipan kemudian menekan
1400 \begin_layout Standard
1403 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1406 arg "inset-select-all"
1412 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1415 selects the whole document.
1418 \begin_layout Section
1419 Batalkan dan Kembalikan
1420 \begin_inset Index idx
1423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1430 \begin_inset Index idx
1433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1442 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1449 \begin_layout Standard
1450 Jika anda membuat kesalahan anda dapat dengan mudah membatalkannya.
1451 Anda perlu ke menu Suntingan
1453 \SpecialChar menuseparator
1456 atau dari tombol bantuan
1461 \begin_inset Graphics
1462 filename ../../images/undo.png
1467 untuk membatalkan apa yang baru saja anda lakukan.
1468 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1469 mempunyai kemampunyan menyimpan dalam kapasitas yang besar untuk membatalka
1471 Saat ini mekanisme simpanan maksimum adalah sampai 100
1472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1476 Apabila secara tidak sengaja anda melakukan proses pembatalan yang terlebih,
1477 anda bisa mengembalikannya dari menu
1479 Suntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
1482 atau dengan menekan tombol
1483 \begin_inset Graphics
1484 filename ../../images/redo.png
1492 \begin_layout Standard
1493 Apabila anda mengembalikan perubahan sampai ke kondisi dokumen saat terakhir
1494 disimpan, status dokumen
1495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1502 tidak akan menjadi normal kembali seperti tidak ada perubahan.
1503 Hal ini karena anda sebenarnya melakukan perubahan pada dokumen.
1506 \begin_layout Standard
1515 dapat dilakukan untuk apa saja di \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1517 Namun demikian proses
1525 pada teks tidak dilakukan untuk setiap karakter, tetapi berlaku untuk kumpulan
1529 \begin_layout Section
1531 \begin_inset Index idx
1534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1543 \begin_layout Standard
1544 Berikut ini adalah dasar pengunaan tetikus.
1547 \begin_layout Enumerate
1549 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
1555 \begin_layout Itemize
1560 sekali di daerah jendela kerja \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1562 Kursor akan mengikuti dan berkedip tepat di tempat anda menekan tombol
1567 \begin_layout Enumerate
1568 Memilih dan Menandai Teks
1569 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
1575 \begin_layout Itemize
1580 kemudian seret tetikus.
1581 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1582 akan menandai teks mulai dari awal kursor sebelum diseret sampai ke
1583 tempat posisi kursor setelah diseret.
1586 Suntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
1589 untuk membuat salinan teks dalam simpanan \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1593 \begin_layout Itemize
1594 Pindahkan kursor ke tempat lain kemudian tempelkan teks yang disimpan ke
1595 lokasi baru, menggunakan
1597 Suntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
1604 \begin_layout Enumerate
1605 Sisipan Tambahan (Catatan kaki, Nota, Ambangan, etc.)
1606 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
1612 \begin_layout Standard
1617 pada sisipan tambahan untuk melihat propertinya.
1618 Anda perlu membaca pada bab tertentu di buku panduan ini untuk penjelasan
1623 \begin_layout Section
1625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1627 name "sec:Navigating"
1632 \begin_inset Index idx
1635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1644 \begin_layout Standard
1647 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1648 offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1651 \begin_layout Itemize
1658 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1659 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1662 \begin_layout Itemize
1665 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1667 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
1670 or by the toolbar button
1673 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1679 \begin_layout Itemize
1682 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1684 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
1687 and use the same menu to return to them.
1688 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1691 \begin_layout Standard
1697 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1702 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
1703 Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator
1706 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1707 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1708 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1709 your last editing position.
1712 \begin_layout Subsection
1718 \begin_layout Standard
1721 The Outline was known in earlier versions of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1730 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1731 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1732 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1733 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1734 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1737 LatexCommand formatted
1738 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1742 ), or notes, or citations (see
1743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1744 LatexCommand formatted
1745 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1750 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1752 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1753 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1754 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1755 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1758 LatexCommand formatted
1759 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1763 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1765 LatexCommand formatted
1766 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1771 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1775 \begin_layout Standard
1778 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1779 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1780 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1781 dialog and to modify the citation.
1782 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1786 \begin_layout Standard
1789 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1791 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1792 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1800 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1803 \begin_layout Standard
1806 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1807 you further to control the display.
1812 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1813 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1818 option keeps it in the current view state.
1819 Keeping means that when you have e.
1820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1824 \begin_inset space \space{}
1827 the subsections of section
1828 \begin_inset space ~
1831 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1832 \begin_inset space ~
1835 3, the subsections of section
1836 \begin_inset space ~
1839 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1844 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1845 \begin_inset space ~
1849 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1859 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1862 \begin_layout Standard
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1870 \begin_inset Graphics
1871 filename ../../images/reload.png
1876 \begin_inset space ~
1879 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1880 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1883 \begin_inset space \space{}
1887 \begin_inset Graphics
1888 filename ../../images/down.png
1890 groupId toolbarbuttons
1895 \begin_inset space ~
1899 \begin_inset space \space{}
1903 \begin_inset Graphics
1904 filename ../../images/up.png
1906 groupId toolbarbuttons
1911 \begin_inset space ~
1914 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1915 So, for example, you can move section
1916 \begin_inset space ~
1920 \begin_inset space ~
1923 2.4 or after section
1924 \begin_inset space ~
1928 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
1929 will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1931 \begin_inset Graphics
1932 filename ../../images/outline-out.png
1934 groupId toolbarbuttons
1939 \begin_inset Graphics
1940 filename ../../images/outline-in.png
1942 groupId toolbarbuttons
1946 (or the corresponding key bindings
1954 ) you can change the level of sections.
1955 So you can for example make section
1956 \begin_inset space ~
1960 \begin_inset space ~
1964 \begin_inset space ~
1970 \begin_layout Section
1971 Masukan / Melengkapi Kata
1972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1974 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1979 \begin_inset Index idx
1982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1989 \begin_inset Index idx
1992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2023 \begin_layout Standard
2024 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2025 menyediakan data kata-kata untuk mempercepat proses penyuntingan dari
2026 hasil memindai kata-kata dalam dokumen yang sedang dibuka.
2027 Semua kata-kata yang ada dalam dokumen disimpan dalam basis data untuk
2028 digunakan melengkapi kata saat proses penyuntingan.
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Pengaturan bawaan \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2033 untuk melengkapi kata adalah dalam bentuk yang paling
2034 sederhana yaitu menggunakan tampilan kursor segitiga sebagai tanda bahwa
2035 sudah ada kata tersedia.
2036 Anda tinggal menggunakan tombol
2040 untuk melengkapi kata.
2041 Apabila ada beberapa pilihan kata tersedia, jendela kecil akan muncul dan
2042 menampilkan kata-kata tersebut.
2043 Anda dapat memilih dengan menggunakan tetikus atau tombol panah, kemudian
2044 menetapkan pilihan dengan menekan tombol
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Untuk menghilangkan tanda melengkapi segitiga, anda perlu mengubah pengaturan
2056 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar menuseparator
2059 kemudian dari seksi Penyuntingan
2061 \SpecialChar menuseparator
2063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2068 anda perlu melepaskan pilihan
2073 Sedangkan pengaturan
2075 Melengkapi kata otomatis pada baris
2077 , pilihan kata akan ditampilkan pada baris dibelakang posisi kursor.
2078 Untuk menerima saran kata yang muncul pada baris, anda cukup menekan tombol
2084 Apabila menggunakan pengaturan
2086 Menampilkan jendela pilihan otomatis
2088 , maka jendela pilihan kata akan selalu ditampilkan.
2089 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2090 mempunyai berbagai pengaturan melengkapi kata untuk yang sudah mahir.
2091 Pengaturan lanjut akan dapat ditemui di subbab.
2092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2098 reference "subsec:Input-Completion-Appendix"
2105 \begin_layout Section
2106 Gabungan tombol ketik
2107 \begin_inset Index idx
2110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2111 Gabungan tombol ketik
2117 \begin_inset Index idx
2120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2132 Gabungan tombol ketik
2136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2149 \begin_inset Index idx
2152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2183 \begin_layout Standard
2184 Ada dua peta utama untuk gabungan tombol ketik: CUA dan Emacs.
2185 Bawaan \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2189 \begin_layout Standard
2190 Beberapa tombol ketik, seperti
2193 \begin_inset space ~
2201 \begin_inset space ~
2222 , sudah dapat berfungsi seperti yang anda harapkan.
2223 Namun demikian beberapa tombol ketik mungkin perlu dipahami fungsinya.
2226 \begin_layout Labeling
2227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2231 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2232 LatexCommand nomenclature
2234 description "Tombol ketik Tabulator"
2240 LyC tidak memfungsikan tombol ini sebagai hentian tab.
2241 Apabila anda belum memahaminya anda silahkan sekarang membaca terlebih
2243 \begin_inset space ~
2247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2249 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2256 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2261 \begin_inset space ~
2265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2267 reference "subsec:Lists"
2273 Apabila anda masih merasa belum mengerti juga, mungkin anda perlu membaca
2281 \begin_layout Labeling
2282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2286 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2287 LatexCommand nomenclature
2289 description "Tombol ketik Escape"
2295 Tombol ini digunakan sebagai
2296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2303 Secara umum tombol ini memang digunakan untuk membatalkan penyuntingan.
2304 Buku petunjuk ini juga akan membahas lebih terperinci tentang pemanfaatannya.
2307 \begin_layout Labeling
2308 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2314 \begin_inset space ~
2318 \begin_inset space ~
2329 akan memindahkan kursor ke bagian awal dari baris dan tombol
2333 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir baris.
2334 Jika anda menggunakan peta Emacs,
2338 memindah ke bagian awal berkas sementara
2342 memindah kursor ke bagian akhir berkas.
2345 \begin_layout Standard
2346 Ada tiga tombol ketik pengubah:
2349 \begin_layout Labeling
2350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2355 (Diseluruh buku petunjuk Disingkat dengan
2356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2368 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2369 LatexCommand nomenclature
2371 description "Tombol ketik Control"
2375 ) Tombol ini mempunyai beberapa fungsi, tergantung dengan tombol ketik lain
2376 yang dikombinasikan:
2378 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
2384 \begin_layout Itemize
2393 , akan menghapus seluruh kata bukan hanya satu karakter.
2396 \begin_layout Itemize
2405 , akan menggerakkan kursor satu kata kekiri atau kekanan.
2408 \begin_layout Itemize
2417 , akan memindah kursor ke bagian awal dokumen atau ke bagian akhir dokumen.
2421 \begin_layout Labeling
2422 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2427 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2440 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2441 LatexCommand nomenclature
2443 description "Tombol ketik Shift"
2447 ) Tombol ini digunakan untuk menandai teks dengan tombol panah, dimulai
2448 dari posisi awal ke sampai berhenti menggerakkan.
2451 \begin_layout Labeling
2452 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2457 (Dalam buku petunjuk disebut dengan
2458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2470 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2471 LatexCommand nomenclature
2473 description "Tombol ketik Alt atau tombol ketik Meta"
2477 ) Sebagian besar papan ketik mempunyai tombol Alt, hanya beberapa papan
2478 ketik yang menggunakan tombol Meta.
2479 Jika anda memiliki keduanya, anda harus mencoba untuk memastikan tombol
2480 yang benar-benar aktif sebagai
2485 Tombol ini memiliki berbagai kegunaan selain berfungsi sebagai tombol
2490 Apabila anda menggunakan dengan kombinasi huruf dibawah menu, berarti and
2491 memilih menu tersebut.
2493 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
2499 \begin_layout Standard
2500 Misalnya, urutan menekan tombol
2501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2507 \begin_inset space ~
2511 \begin_inset space ~
2517 \begin_inset space ~
2521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2524 akan membawa anda ke dialog
2525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2540 \begin_inset space ~
2546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2556 \begin_layout Standard
2561 memberikan daftar berbagai kombinasi perintah yang dinyatakan dengan tombol
2570 \begin_layout Standard
2571 Anda akan banyak menemukan berbagai gabungan tombol ketik serta pintasan
2572 yang digunakan di \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2573 , karena setiap perintah gabungan akan menampilkan
2574 aksi yang anda lakukan serta pilihan gabungan tombol ketik lain yang bisa
2575 anda pilih di jendela status bawah.
2576 Notasi gabungan tombol ketik yang muncul akan mirip dengan yang digunakan
2577 di buku petunjuk, sehingga tidak membingungkan anda.
2578 Namun demikian untuk tombol Shift akan dinyatakan secara eksplisit, sehingga
2580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2595 diikuti dengan menulis huruf besar
2602 \begin_layout Standard
2603 Anda bisa melihat berbagai perintah gabungan melalui menu
2605 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar menuseparator
2610 Penyuntingan\SpecialChar menuseparator
2612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2617 seperti dijelaskan di subbab
2618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2624 reference "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts"
2631 \begin_layout Chapter
2632 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2634 \begin_inset Index idx
2637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2638 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2647 \begin_layout Section
2649 \begin_inset Index idx
2652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2661 \begin_layout Subsection
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2667 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2668 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2669 numbering schemes, and so on.
2670 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2671 and format the title of your document differently.
2674 \begin_layout Standard
2679 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2680 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2681 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2682 If you don't choose a document class, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2683 picks one for you by default.
2684 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2687 \begin_layout Standard
2688 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2690 how to adjust their properties.
2693 \begin_layout Subsection
2695 \begin_inset Index idx
2698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2707 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2714 \begin_layout Standard
2715 You can select a class using the
2717 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2718 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
2722 \begin_inset Index idx
2725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2732 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2740 \begin_layout Standard
2741 There are four standard document classes in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2746 \begin_layout Description
2747 Article for basic articles
2750 \begin_layout Description
2751 Report for basic reports
2754 \begin_layout Description
2755 Book for writing a book
2758 \begin_layout Description
2759 Letter for US-style letters
2762 \begin_layout Standard
2763 There are also some non-standard classes, which \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2764 only uses if you have
2765 installed the corresponding \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
2766 class files, though most \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
2768 will include many of these.
2769 Here are some of the classes.
2770 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2772 Special Document Classes
2781 \begin_layout Description
2782 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2785 \begin_layout Description
2786 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2790 \begin_layout Description
2791 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2795 \begin_layout Description
2796 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2797 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2798 There are three article layouts available.
2799 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2800 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2801 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2802 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2807 sequential numbering
2808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2811 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2812 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2813 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2814 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2817 \begin_layout Description
2818 Beamer Layout for presentations
2821 \begin_layout Description
2822 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2823 It is not an existing \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
2824 document class, but a new one which is distributed
2825 with \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2829 \begin_layout Description
2830 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2833 \begin_layout Description
2835 \begin_inset space ~
2838 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2841 \begin_layout Description
2842 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2845 \begin_layout Description
2846 Foils Used to make transparencies
2849 \begin_layout Description
2850 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2851 It is not an existing \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
2852 document class, but a new one which is distributed
2853 with \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2857 \begin_layout Description
2858 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2859 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2862 \begin_layout Description
2863 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2866 \begin_layout Description
2867 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2870 \begin_layout Description
2871 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2872 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2873 (Is used by this document.)
2876 \begin_layout Description
2877 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2880 \begin_layout Description
2881 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2884 \begin_layout Description
2889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2896 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2897 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2899 This class is not completely compatible with all \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2903 \begin_layout Description
2904 Slides Used to make transparencies
2907 \begin_layout Description
2909 \begin_inset space ~
2912 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2913 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2916 \begin_layout Description
2917 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2920 \begin_layout Standard
2921 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2923 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2929 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2930 of the document classes.
2933 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2938 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2941 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
2942 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
2944 \begin_inset Index idx
2947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2964 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2969 \begin_inset space ~
2976 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2977 that are not installed to produce output.
2978 So it seems that something is wrong.
2981 \begin_layout Standard
2982 But nothing is wrong.
2983 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2984 includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2985 and some of them, like
2989 , are highly specialized.\SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
2990 tries to support as many different types of
2991 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2992 files, with a growing number.
2993 No \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
2994 distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2995 by some document class.
2996 There are just too many of them.
2997 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
3000 \begin_layout Standard
3001 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
3002 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
3003 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
3004 document class for a new file.
3005 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3006 will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
3008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3011 Installing new \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
3013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3020 manual for information on how to install them.
3021 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
3027 \begin_layout Standard
3028 Although \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3029 provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
3030 does not include support for every document class people might want to
3032 For example, many universities provide \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
3033 class files to be used for
3034 dissertations submitted to those universities.
3035 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3036 team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
3038 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
3041 \begin_inset space ~
3048 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
3051 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3053 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3055 name "subsec:Modules"
3060 \begin_inset Index idx
3063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3073 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
3074 chosen document class.
3075 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
3076 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
3083 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
3087 \begin_inset Index idx
3090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
3101 \begin_layout Standard
3102 Some modules require \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
3103 packages that are not always installed by default.
3104 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3105 will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
3106 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
3107 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3109 able to compile the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
3110 file without the missing package.
3111 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
3112 missing package and then reconfigure \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3115 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
3119 \begin_inset Index idx
3122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3123 Reconfiguration of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3132 Installing new \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
3134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3141 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
3144 \begin_layout Standard
3145 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3153 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
3154 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3155 will advise you about these things.
3163 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3167 name "subsec:Local-Layout"
3172 \begin_inset Index idx
3175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3176 Document ! Local Layout
3184 \begin_layout Standard
3185 Modules are to \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3186 much as packages are to \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
3187 : They are intended to be
3188 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
3189 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
3190 writing a module for this purpose.
3191 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
3192 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
3194 You want something that is like a document's own \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
3196 What you want is \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3214 manual for information on how to use it.
3217 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3221 \begin_layout Standard
3222 Each class has a default set of options.
3223 Here's a quick table describing them:
3226 \begin_layout Standard
3227 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3233 \begin_layout Standard
3235 \begin_inset Tabular
3236 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3237 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
3238 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3239 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3240 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3241 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3242 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3696 \begin_layout Standard
3697 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3703 \begin_layout Standard
3704 You're probably also wondering what
3705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3709 \begin_inset space ~
3713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3717 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3718 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3723 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3728 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3738 headings, there are also
3746 headings, and so on.
3747 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3748 \begin_inset space ~
3752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3754 reference "subsec:Headings"
3761 \begin_layout Subsection
3763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3765 name "subsec:Document-Layout"
3770 \begin_inset Index idx
3773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3782 \begin_inset Index idx
3785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3794 \begin_layout Standard
3795 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3797 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
3808 \begin_inset space ~
3813 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3815 This is only necessary if \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3816 doesn't support special options you want
3817 to use for your document.
3818 To learn more about your favorite \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
3819 -class and its options, you have
3823 \begin_layout Standard
3830 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
3836 \begin_inset space ~
3841 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3842 You can choose between the following five options:
3845 \begin_layout Labeling
3846 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3851 Use default page style of current class.
3854 \begin_layout Labeling
3855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3860 No page numbers or headings.
3863 \begin_layout Labeling
3864 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3872 \begin_layout Labeling
3873 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3878 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3879 Whether \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
3880 uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3881 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3884 \begin_layout Labeling
3885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3890 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3891 have the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
3897 \begin_inset Index idx
3900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3901 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
3902 -packages ! fancyhdr
3908 How they are defined is explained in section
3909 \begin_inset space ~
3913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3915 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3922 \begin_layout Standard
3923 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3924 \begin_inset space ~
3928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3930 reference "subsec:Paragraph-Separation"
3937 \begin_layout Subsection
3938 Paper Size and Orientation
3939 \begin_inset Index idx
3942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3943 Document ! Paper size
3949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3951 name "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3958 \begin_layout Standard
3959 You'll find the following options in the menu
3962 \begin_inset space ~
3969 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
3975 \begin_inset Index idx
3978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3987 \begin_layout Labeling
3988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3992 \begin_inset space ~
3997 What size paper to print on.
4001 \begin_layout Itemize
4007 \begin_layout Itemize
4017 \begin_layout Itemize
4023 \begin_layout Itemize
4029 \begin_layout Itemize
4035 \begin_layout Itemize
4041 \begin_layout Itemize
4047 \begin_layout Labeling
4048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4053 To choose whether to output as
4064 \begin_layout Labeling
4065 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4069 \begin_inset space ~
4074 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
4075 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
4078 \begin_layout Subsection
4080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4082 name "subsec:Margins"
4087 \begin_inset Index idx
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4097 \begin_inset Index idx
4100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4109 \begin_layout Standard
4110 Paper margins are set in the menu
4112 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
4116 \begin_inset Index idx
4119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4128 \begin_layout Standard
4129 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
4130 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
4131 the paper format and the font size into account.
4134 \begin_layout Subsection
4138 \begin_layout Standard
4139 If you change a document class, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4145 That includes the paragraph environments.
4146 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
4147 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
4148 If this is the case, and you change the document class, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4150 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
4151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4159 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
4161 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
4162 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
4163 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
4166 \begin_layout Section
4167 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4168 \begin_inset Index idx
4171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4172 Paragraph ! Indentation
4180 \begin_layout Subsection
4182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4184 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
4191 \begin_layout Standard
4192 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4193 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4196 \begin_layout Standard
4197 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4198 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4199 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4200 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
4204 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4210 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4211 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
4212 language than English.
4213 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
4214 takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4218 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4219 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
4220 into \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4222 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4223 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4225 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4227 That way, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4228 can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4229 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4230 of a page, and so on.
4234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4235 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
4236 does this when \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4237 goes to produce a printable file.
4242 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4243 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4244 gives you the ability to globally change
4248 of these pre-coded spacings.
4249 We'll explain more later.
4252 \begin_layout Subsection
4253 Paragraph Separation
4254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4256 name "subsec:Paragraph-Separation"
4261 \begin_inset Index idx
4264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4265 Paragraph ! Separation
4273 \begin_layout Standard
4274 To separate paragraphs, select
4285 \begin_inset space ~
4292 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
4296 \begin_inset Index idx
4299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4305 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4306 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
4307 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
4310 \begin_layout Standard
4320 \begin_layout Standard
4321 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
4322 \begin_inset space ~
4326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4328 reference "cap:Units"
4333 The default length is 30
4334 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4340 \begin_layout Subsection
4344 \begin_layout Standard
4345 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4348 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
4350 \begin_inset space ~
4355 dialog and toggle the
4358 \begin_inset space ~
4363 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4366 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4370 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4371 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4375 \begin_layout Standard
4376 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4377 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4380 \begin_layout Subsection
4382 \begin_inset Index idx
4385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4386 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4394 \begin_layout Standard
4397 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
4401 \begin_inset Index idx
4404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4413 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4416 \begin_inset space ~
4425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4426 You need to have the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
4432 \begin_inset Index idx
4435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4436 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
4437 -packages ! setspace
4442 installed to use this feature.
4450 \begin_layout Section
4451 Paragraph Environments
4452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4454 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4459 \begin_inset Index idx
4462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4463 Paragraph ! Environments
4469 \begin_inset Index idx
4472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4473 Paragraph environments|(
4481 \begin_layout Subsection
4485 \begin_layout Standard
4486 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4489 \begin_layout Standard
4508 \begin_inset Newline newline
4511 command sequence in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
4513 If you don't know \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
4514 , or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4515 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4524 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4527 \begin_layout Standard
4528 A paragraph environment is simply a
4529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4536 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4537 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4538 scheme, labels, and so on.
4539 Additionally, you can
4540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4547 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4548 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4549 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4550 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4551 days of typewriters.
4552 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4554 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4557 \begin_layout Standard
4558 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4559 \begin_inset Graphics
4560 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4566 at the left end of the toolbar.
4567 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4568 will change the environment of the
4572 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4573 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4574 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4578 \begin_layout Standard
4587 create a new paragraph using the
4591 paragraph environment.
4593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4600 because if you are in one of these environments:
4603 \begin_layout Itemize
4609 \begin_layout Itemize
4615 \begin_layout Itemize
4621 \begin_layout Itemize
4627 \begin_layout Itemize
4633 \begin_layout Itemize
4639 \begin_layout Itemize
4645 \begin_layout Standard
4646 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4647 keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4651 , rather than resetting it to
4656 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4657 will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4658 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4659 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4660 \begin_inset space ~
4664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4666 reference "sec:Nesting"
4671 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4676 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4677 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4681 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
4687 \begin_layout Subsection
4691 \begin_layout Standard
4692 The default paragraph environment is
4697 It creates a plain paragraph.
4698 If \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4699 resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4700 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4701 this manual) are in the
4708 \begin_layout Standard
4709 You can nest a paragraph using the
4713 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4721 \begin_layout Subsection
4723 \begin_inset Index idx
4726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4736 A \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
4737 title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4746 for thanks or contact information.
4747 For certain types of documents, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
4748 places all of this on a separate
4749 page along with today's date.
4750 For other types of documents, the title
4751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4758 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4762 \begin_layout Standard
4763 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4764 provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4778 Here's how you use them:
4781 \begin_layout Itemize
4782 Put the title of your document in the
4789 \begin_layout Itemize
4790 Put the author name in the
4797 \begin_layout Itemize
4798 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4799 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4805 Note that using this environment is optional.
4806 If you don't provide any, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
4807 will automatically insert today's date.
4808 If you don't want any date, add the line
4809 \begin_inset Newline newline
4819 \begin_inset Newline newline
4822 to the preamble of your document (menu
4824 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
4830 \begin_layout Standard
4831 You can use footnotes to insert
4832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4839 or contact information.
4842 \begin_layout Subsection
4844 \begin_inset Index idx
4847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4856 name "subsec:Headings"
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4864 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4865 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4866 takes care of the numbering for you.
4869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4871 \begin_inset Index idx
4874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4875 Section headings ! Numbered
4883 \begin_layout Standard
4884 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4888 \begin_layout Enumerate
4894 \begin_layout Enumerate
4900 \begin_layout Enumerate
4906 \begin_layout Enumerate
4912 \begin_layout Enumerate
4918 \begin_layout Enumerate
4924 \begin_layout Enumerate
4930 \begin_layout Standard
4931 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4932 labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4933 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4934 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4937 \begin_layout Standard
4938 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4939 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4940 You group the book into chapters.
4941 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
4942 does similar grouping:
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4950 is divided in either
4961 \begin_layout Itemize
4973 \begin_layout Itemize
4985 \begin_layout Itemize
4997 \begin_layout Itemize
5009 \begin_layout Itemize
5021 \begin_layout Standard
5022 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5030 Not all document types use the
5034 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5039 is the top-level heading.
5047 \begin_layout Standard
5052 environment to label a new sub-subsection, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5053 labels it with its number,
5054 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5056 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5070 \begin_inset Index idx
5073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5074 Section headings ! Unnumbered
5082 \begin_layout Standard
5083 The unnumbered section headings have a
5084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5091 at the end of their name.
5092 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
5093 the table of contents, see section
5094 \begin_inset space ~
5098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5108 Changing the Numbering
5109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5111 name "subsec:Numbering-depth"
5118 \begin_layout Standard
5119 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5120 in the Table of Contents.
5121 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5123 Certain classes start with
5137 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5147 This is something you can change.
5150 \begin_layout Standard
5153 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
5159 \begin_inset Index idx
5162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5173 \begin_inset space ~
5177 \begin_inset space ~
5182 you'll see two counters.
5187 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5190 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
5194 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5195 Short Titles of Headings
5196 \begin_inset Index idx
5199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5200 Section headings ! Short titles
5206 \begin_inset Argument 1
5209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5218 name "sec:Short-Titles"
5225 \begin_layout Standard
5226 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
5227 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
5228 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
5229 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
5232 \begin_layout Standard
5233 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
5234 allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
5235 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
5236 avoiding the problem mentioned.
5237 To specify a short title, use the menu
5239 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
5241 \begin_inset space ~
5247 This will insert a box labeled
5248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5263 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
5264 This also works for captions inside floats.
5267 \begin_layout Standard
5268 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
5271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5275 \begin_layout Standard
5276 The following information applies to all section headings:
5279 \begin_layout Itemize
5280 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5283 \begin_layout Itemize
5284 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5287 \begin_layout Itemize
5288 You can only use inline math in these environments.
5291 \begin_layout Itemize
5292 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5295 \begin_layout Subsection
5296 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5299 \begin_layout Standard
5300 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5301 has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5315 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5316 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5317 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5318 the text they contain.
5319 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5327 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5330 \begin_layout Standard
5331 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5340 when you start a new paragraph.
5341 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5345 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5346 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5347 to change back to the
5351 environment yourself.
5354 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5371 \begin_inset Index idx
5374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5383 \begin_layout Standard
5384 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5385 time for the differences.
5394 are identical except for one difference:
5398 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5407 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5410 \begin_layout Standard
5411 Here's an example of the
5424 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5426 See – no indentation!
5430 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5431 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5432 the other paragraph.
5435 \begin_layout Standard
5436 Here's another example, this time in the
5443 \begin_layout Quotation
5449 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5450 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5451 the first line, then
5455 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5459 you were quoting other text.
5462 \begin_layout Quotation
5463 Here's a new paragraph.
5464 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5465 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5468 \begin_layout Standard
5469 As the examples show,
5473 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5474 They should put quotes in the
5479 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5483 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5492 \begin_inset Index idx
5495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5504 \begin_inset Index idx
5507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5523 \begin_layout Standard
5528 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5534 \begin_inset Newline newline
5537 Which I did not rehearse!
5541 It could be much worse.
5542 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5544 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5545 indented a bit more than the first.
5546 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5552 \begin_inset Newline newline
5555 And make things look fine
5556 \begin_inset Newline newline
5562 arg "newline-insert newline"
5568 \begin_layout Standard
5573 does not indent both margins.
5574 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5575 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5582 arg "newline-insert newline"
5588 \begin_layout Subsection
5590 \begin_inset Index idx
5593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5600 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5609 \begin_layout Standard
5610 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5611 has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5621 environments, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5622 labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5631 environments, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5632 lets you provide your own label.
5633 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5634 some general features of all four of them.
5637 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5641 \begin_layout Standard
5642 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5644 First, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5645 treats each paragraph as a list item.
5654 reset the environment to
5658 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5659 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5660 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5664 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
5667 to break paragraphs.
5670 \begin_layout Standard
5671 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5672 In fact, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5673 changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5675 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5676 you read all of section
5677 \begin_inset space ~
5681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5683 reference "sec:Nesting"
5691 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5697 \begin_inset Index idx
5700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5707 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5716 \begin_layout Standard
5717 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5721 paragraph environment.
5722 It has the following properties:
5725 \begin_layout Itemize
5726 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5727 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
5733 \begin_layout Itemize
5734 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5735 uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5738 \begin_layout Itemize
5739 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5743 \begin_layout Itemize
5744 The items can have any length.
5745 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5746 automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5747 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5754 \begin_layout Itemize
5759 environment inside another
5763 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5765 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
5771 \begin_layout Itemize
5772 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5775 \begin_layout Itemize
5776 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5777 always shows the same symbol on screen.
5780 \begin_layout Itemize
5782 \begin_inset space ~
5786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5788 reference "sec:Nesting"
5792 for a full explanation of nesting.
5796 \begin_layout Standard
5797 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5806 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5809 \begin_layout Standard
5810 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5811 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5814 \begin_layout Itemize
5815 The label for the first level
5819 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5821 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
5827 \begin_layout Itemize
5828 The label for the second level is a dash.
5829 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
5835 \begin_layout Itemize
5836 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5837 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
5843 \begin_layout Itemize
5844 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5848 \begin_layout Itemize
5849 Back out to the third level.
5853 \begin_layout Itemize
5854 Back to the second level.
5858 \begin_layout Itemize
5859 Back to the outermost level.
5862 \begin_layout Standard
5863 These are the default labels for an
5868 You can customize these labels in the
5870 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
5873 dialog in the submenu
5880 \begin_inset Index idx
5883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5892 \begin_layout Standard
5893 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5894 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5896 \begin_inset space ~
5900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5902 reference "sec:Nesting"
5909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5915 \begin_inset Index idx
5918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5925 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5927 name "sec:Enumerate"
5934 \begin_layout Standard
5939 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5940 It has these properties:
5943 \begin_layout Enumerate
5944 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5945 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
5951 \begin_layout Enumerate
5952 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5956 \begin_layout Enumerate
5957 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
5958 automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5961 \begin_layout Enumerate
5966 environment resets the counter to one.
5969 \begin_layout Enumerate
5980 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
5986 \begin_layout Enumerate
5987 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5988 Items can have any length.
5991 \begin_layout Enumerate
5992 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5995 \begin_layout Enumerate
5996 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5999 \begin_layout Enumerate
6000 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6004 \begin_layout Standard
6013 shows the different labels for each item in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6015 Here is how \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6016 labels the four different levels in an
6023 \begin_layout Enumerate
6024 The first level of an
6028 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6030 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
6036 \begin_layout Enumerate
6037 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6038 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
6044 \begin_layout Enumerate
6045 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6046 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
6052 \begin_layout Enumerate
6053 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6056 \begin_layout Enumerate
6057 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6062 \begin_layout Enumerate
6063 Back to the third level
6067 \begin_layout Enumerate
6068 Back to the second level.
6072 \begin_layout Enumerate
6073 Back to the outermost level.
6076 \begin_layout Standard
6077 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6082 It involves adding commands to the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
6088 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6089 not in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6093 \begin_layout Standard
6094 There is more to nesting
6098 environments than we've stated here.
6099 You should read section
6100 \begin_inset space ~
6104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6106 reference "sec:Nesting"
6110 to learn more about nesting.
6113 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6119 \begin_inset Index idx
6122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6131 \begin_layout Standard
6132 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6136 list has no fixed label.
6137 Instead, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6146 of the first line as the label.
6150 \begin_layout Description
6151 Example: This is an example of the
6158 \begin_layout Standard
6159 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6160 typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6164 \begin_layout Standard
6166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6173 it is meant that the first hit of the
6177 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
6179 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
6187 arg "space-insert protected"
6192 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
6193 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
6195 \begin_inset space ~
6201 \begin_inset space ~
6205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6207 reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
6211 for more info.) Here is an example:
6214 \begin_layout Description
6216 \begin_inset space ~
6219 Example: This one shows how to use a
6222 \begin_inset space ~
6234 \begin_layout Description
6235 Usage: You should use the
6239 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6240 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6242 It's not a good idea to use a
6246 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6247 You're better off using
6259 paragraphs into them.
6262 \begin_layout Description
6263 Nesting: You can nest
6267 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6271 \begin_layout Standard
6272 Notice that after the first line, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6273 indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6274 them from the first line.
6277 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6278 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6284 \begin_inset Index idx
6287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6288 Lists ! \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6297 \begin_layout Standard
6302 environment is a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6303 extension to \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6308 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6316 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
6321 environment is named
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6342 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6343 There are the following properties of this list environment:
6346 \begin_layout Labeling
6347 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6349 \begin_inset space ~
6352 labels \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6361 of each line as the item label.
6366 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6367 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6368 blank as described above.
6371 \begin_layout Labeling
6372 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6373 margins As you can see, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6374 uses different margins for the item label and
6375 the body of the item text.
6376 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6377 label width plus a little extra space.
6381 \begin_layout Labeling
6382 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6384 \begin_inset space ~
6387 width \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6388 uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6390 If the label width is larger, the label
6391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6398 into the first line.
6399 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6400 margin of the rest of the item text.
6403 \begin_layout Labeling
6404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6406 \begin_inset space ~
6409 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6414 environment have the same left margin.
6415 \begin_inset Newline newline
6418 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6421 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
6423 \begin_inset space ~
6432 \begin_inset space ~
6437 determines the default label width.
6438 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6447 multiple times instead.
6448 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
6451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6458 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6461 \begin_inset space ~
6466 every time you alter a label in a
6471 \begin_inset Newline newline
6474 The predefined default width is the length of
6475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6484 \begin_inset Newline newline
6488 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6496 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6497 only change the width inside \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6498 but not in the output.
6506 \begin_layout Standard
6511 environment the same way like the
6515 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6521 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6525 \begin_layout Standard
6530 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6532 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6534 \begin_inset space ~
6538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6540 reference "sec:Nesting"
6544 to learn about nesting.
6547 \begin_layout Standard
6548 There is yet another feature of the
6552 environment: As you can see in the examples, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6553 left-justifies the item
6555 You can use additional
6559 to change how \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
6560 justifies the item label.
6565 are documented in section
6566 \begin_inset space ~
6570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6572 reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
6577 Here are some examples:
6578 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6584 \begin_layout Labeling
6585 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6586 Left The default for
6593 \begin_layout Labeling
6594 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6595 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6602 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6605 \begin_layout Labeling
6606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6607 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6611 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6618 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6621 \begin_layout Subsection
6623 \begin_inset Index idx
6626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6635 \begin_layout Standard
6636 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6639 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6641 in the document settings.
6642 This loads the features of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
6648 \begin_inset Index idx
6651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6652 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
6653 -packages ! enumitem
6661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6662 Custom Enumerate Lists
6663 \begin_inset Index idx
6666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6667 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6677 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6680 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
6683 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6684 There you add the command
6687 \begin_layout Standard
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6696 in \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
6707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6708 For more about \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
6709 Code, look at section
6710 \begin_inset space ~
6714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6716 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6729 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6736 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6737 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6750 For Arabic numerals use
6758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6765 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6780 \begin_layout Standard
6782 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6790 You can only number 26
6791 \begin_inset space ~
6794 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6802 \begin_layout Standard
6803 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6804 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6807 \begin_layout Standard
6808 As example a list with custom numbering:
6811 \begin_layout Enumerate
6812 \begin_inset Argument 1
6815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6838 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
6844 \begin_layout Enumerate
6845 \begin_inset Argument 1
6848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6871 \begin_layout Enumerate
6873 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
6879 \begin_layout Enumerate
6880 \begin_inset Argument 1
6883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6904 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
6910 \begin_layout Enumerate
6911 \begin_inset Argument 1
6914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6940 \begin_layout Standard
6941 For this list these commands were used:
6944 \begin_layout Standard
6955 \begin_inset Newline newline
6963 \begin_inset Newline newline
6971 \begin_inset Newline newline
6981 \begin_layout Standard
6988 makes the label emphasized and
6997 \begin_layout Standard
6998 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7006 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
7007 lists until you change the definition.
7015 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7017 \begin_inset Index idx
7020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7023 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
7031 \begin_layout Standard
7032 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
7035 \begin_layout Enumerate
7036 \begin_inset Argument 1
7039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7058 \begin_inset Note Note
7061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7064 goes back to default numbering
7072 \begin_layout Enumerate
7076 \begin_layout Standard
7080 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 To resume an enumeration, use the style
7090 Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7091 to indicate that it is a resumed
7092 list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7093 , but in the output.
7096 \begin_layout Standard
7097 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7105 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
7114 \begin_layout Standard
7115 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
7117 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
7118 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
7119 of a normal new enumeration.
7120 There insert the command
7123 \begin_layout Standard
7129 \begin_layout Standard
7134 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
7138 \begin_layout Enumerate
7142 \begin_layout Enumerate
7146 \begin_layout Standard
7147 Enumeration starting at a given value:
7150 \begin_layout Enumerate
7151 \begin_inset Argument 1
7154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7170 This enumeration starts at 4
7173 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7175 \begin_inset Index idx
7178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7187 \begin_layout Standard
7188 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
7190 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
7193 \begin_layout Itemize
7197 \begin_layout Itemize
7198 with standard spacing
7201 \begin_layout Standard
7202 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
7204 There add the command
7208 to get no additional list space like in this example:
7211 \begin_layout Itemize
7212 \begin_inset Argument 1
7215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7234 \begin_layout Itemize
7238 \begin_layout Itemize
7242 \begin_layout Standard
7243 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
7250 \begin_inset Index idx
7253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7254 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
7255 -packages ! enumitem
7261 For more info see its documentation,
7262 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7271 \begin_layout Standard
7272 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
7274 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
7275 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
7276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7279 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
7282 \begin_layout Enumerate
7283 \begin_inset Argument 1
7286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7294 parindent, labelsep=2cm
7307 \begin_layout Enumerate
7308 with negative indentation
7311 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7312 Further Customization
7313 \begin_inset Index idx
7316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7325 \begin_layout Standard
7326 You can also change the style of description lists.
7330 \begin_layout Standard
7336 \begin_layout Standard
7337 changes the description label font, the command
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7346 \begin_layout Standard
7347 sets the list style.
7350 \begin_layout Standard
7351 An example where the command
7354 \begin_layout Standard
7359 itshape, style=nextline
7362 \begin_layout Standard
7366 \begin_layout Description
7368 \begin_inset space ~
7372 \begin_inset Argument 1
7375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7381 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
7383 itshape, style=nextline
7393 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7394 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7398 \begin_layout Description
7400 \begin_inset space ~
7403 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7404 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7405 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7408 \begin_layout Standard
7409 There are many more commands and features provided by the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
7416 \begin_inset Index idx
7419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7422 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
7423 -packages ! enumitem
7429 For more info see its documentation,
7430 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7441 \begin_inset Index idx
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 \begin_inset space ~
7469 \begin_layout Standard
7470 Although \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7471 has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7479 \begin_inset space ~
7485 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7486 in a specific order, otherwise \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
7487 gags on the document.
7488 In contrast, you can use the
7495 \begin_inset space ~
7500 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7501 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7505 \begin_layout Standard
7506 Of course, you're not limited to using
7513 \begin_inset space ~
7522 \begin_inset space ~
7527 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7528 some European academic papers.
7531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7535 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7542 \begin_layout Standard
7547 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7548 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7552 \begin_inset space ~
7557 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7558 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7559 Here's an example of each:
7562 \begin_layout Right Address
7564 \begin_inset Newline newline
7568 \begin_inset Newline newline
7572 \begin_inset Newline newline
7575 When is it? What is today?
7578 \begin_layout Standard
7582 \begin_inset space ~
7588 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7590 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7591 Here's an example of the
7598 \begin_layout Address
7600 \begin_inset Newline newline
7603 Where do I send this
7604 \begin_inset Newline newline
7607 Your post office and country
7610 \begin_layout Standard
7611 As you can see, both
7618 \begin_inset space ~
7623 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7628 in either of these environments, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7629 resets the nesting depth and sets
7635 This makes sense, since
7643 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7644 Thus, you have to use
7651 arg "newline-insert newline"
7657 \begin_inset space ~
7660 Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
7662 \begin_inset space ~
7671 menu) to start a new line in an
7678 \begin_inset space ~
7686 \begin_layout Subsection
7690 \begin_layout Standard
7691 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7692 or list of references.
7693 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7694 contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7697 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7701 \begin_inset Index idx
7704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7713 \begin_layout Standard
7718 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7719 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7720 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7721 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7725 in anything else or vice versa.
7731 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7732 The book document classes ignores the
7736 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7740 in a letter document class.
7743 \begin_layout Standard
7748 environment does several things for you.
7749 First, it puts the centered label
7750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7758 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7760 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7761 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7762 the subsequent text.
7763 Well, that's how it will appear on the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7765 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7768 \begin_layout Standard
7769 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7773 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7774 The new paragraph will still be in the
7779 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7780 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7783 \begin_layout Standard
7784 \begin_inset Float figure
7789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7791 \begin_inset Graphics
7792 filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf
7799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7800 \begin_inset Caption Standard
7802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7805 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7826 \begin_layout Standard
7827 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7831 environment, but since this document is in the
7832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7839 class, we can't do this.
7840 We inserted it therefore as figure
7841 \begin_inset space ~
7845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7847 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7852 If you've never heard of an
7853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7860 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7863 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7869 \begin_inset Index idx
7872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7881 name "subsec:Biblio_environment"
7888 \begin_layout Standard
7893 environment is used to list references.
7894 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7895 only use it at the end of the document.
7900 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7903 \begin_layout Standard
7904 When you first open a
7908 environment, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7909 adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7925 depending on the document class.
7926 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7927 Each paragraph of the
7931 environment is a bibliography entry.
7936 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7937 Each new paragraph is still in the
7944 \begin_layout Standard
7945 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7946 by using a Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
7948 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7950 phy handling, have a look at in section
7951 \begin_inset space ~
7955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7957 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7964 \begin_layout Subsection
7965 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7968 \begin_inset Index idx
7971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7972 Paragraph ! \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7979 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7981 name "subsec:LyX-Code"
7988 \begin_layout Standard
7991 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7994 environment is another \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
7996 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
8001 key as a fixed whitespace;
8005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8008 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
8018 \begin_inset space ~
8023 instead of an end-of-word marker.
8028 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
8030 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
8033 arg "newline-insert newline"
8050 does not reset the paragraph environment.
8051 So, when you finish using the
8053 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
8056 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
8057 Also, you can nest the
8059 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
8062 environment inside of others.
8065 \begin_layout Standard
8066 There are a few quirks with this environment:
8069 \begin_layout Itemize
8073 arg "newline-insert newline"
8076 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
8077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8081 \begin_inset space \space{}
8091 arg "newline-insert newline"
8097 \begin_layout Itemize
8101 arg "newline-insert newline"
8110 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
8116 \begin_layout Itemize
8121 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
8128 \begin_layout Itemize
8132 arg "space-insert protected"
8139 \begin_layout Itemize
8140 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
8141 You must put at least one
8145 in any line you want blank.
8146 Otherwise, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
8150 \begin_layout Itemize
8151 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
8155 since that will insert
8160 You get the typewriter double quotes with
8163 arg "self-insert \""
8169 \begin_layout Standard
8173 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8177 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8181 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8185 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8189 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8190 printf("Hello World!
8195 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8199 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8203 \begin_layout Standard
8204 This is just the standard
8205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8216 \begin_layout Standard
8219 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
8222 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8223 rc-files, and so on.
8224 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
8225 as if you used a typewriter.
8226 \begin_inset Index idx
8229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8230 Paragraph environments|)
8235 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
8238 Program Code Listings
8247 \begin_layout Section
8248 Nesting Environments
8249 \begin_inset Index idx
8252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8253 Nesting ! Environments
8259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8268 \begin_layout Subsection
8272 \begin_layout Standard
8273 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
8274 treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
8276 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
8278 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
8280 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
8282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8292 \begin_layout Enumerate
8296 \begin_layout Enumerate
8298 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
8304 \begin_layout Enumerate
8308 \begin_layout Enumerate
8313 \begin_layout Enumerate
8317 \begin_layout Standard
8318 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
8319 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
8322 \begin_inset space ~
8326 \begin_inset space ~
8334 \begin_inset space ~
8338 \begin_inset space ~
8347 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8348 will tell you how far you are nested).
8349 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
8350 \begin_inset Graphics
8351 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
8356 \begin_inset Graphics
8357 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
8361 or the convenient key bindings
8372 arg "depth-increment"
8378 arg "depth-decrement"
8381 to change the nesting level.
8382 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8383 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8387 \begin_layout Standard
8388 Note that \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
8389 only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8390 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8391 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8392 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8395 \begin_layout Standard
8396 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
8397 In \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
8398 , you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8400 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8403 \begin_layout Subsection
8404 What You Can and Can't Nest
8407 \begin_layout Standard
8408 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8409 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8412 \begin_layout Standard
8413 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
8414 complicated than a simple yes or no.
8415 There are three types of paragraph environments:
8418 \begin_layout Itemize
8419 Completely unnestable
8422 \begin_layout Itemize
8423 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8427 \begin_layout Itemize
8428 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8432 \begin_layout Standard
8433 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8434 environments have them:
8437 \begin_layout Description
8438 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8439 Can't nest into them.
8440 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
8446 \begin_layout Itemize
8452 \begin_layout Itemize
8458 \begin_layout Itemize
8464 \begin_layout Itemize
8470 \begin_layout Itemize
8477 \begin_layout Description
8479 \begin_inset space ~
8482 Nestable You can nest them.
8483 You can nest other things into them.
8484 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
8490 \begin_layout Itemize
8496 \begin_layout Itemize
8502 \begin_layout Itemize
8508 \begin_layout Itemize
8514 \begin_layout Itemize
8520 \begin_layout Itemize
8526 \begin_layout Itemize
8532 \begin_layout Itemize
8535 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
8540 \begin_layout Description
8541 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8542 You can't nest anything into them.
8543 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
8549 \begin_layout Itemize
8555 \begin_layout Itemize
8561 \begin_layout Itemize
8567 \begin_layout Itemize
8573 \begin_layout Itemize
8579 \begin_layout Itemize
8585 \begin_layout Itemize
8591 \begin_layout Itemize
8597 \begin_layout Itemize
8603 \begin_layout Itemize
8609 \begin_layout Itemize
8615 \begin_layout Itemize
8621 \begin_layout Itemize
8627 \begin_layout Itemize
8631 \begin_inset space ~
8637 \begin_layout Itemize
8644 \begin_layout Standard
8645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8653 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8662 \begin_inset space ~
8666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8670 \begin_inset space \space{}
8673 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8674 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8675 section headings violate this.
8683 \begin_layout Subsection
8684 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8685 \begin_inset Index idx
8688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8689 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8697 \begin_layout Standard
8698 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8699 affected by nesting anyhow.
8703 \begin_layout Itemize
8707 \begin_layout Itemize
8711 \begin_layout Itemize
8715 \begin_layout Standard
8717 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8725 Figures and tables in
8729 are not affected by this.
8734 Have a look at section
8735 \begin_inset space ~
8739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8741 reference "sec:Floats"
8745 for more information about
8752 \begin_layout Standard
8753 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
8754 can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8755 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8759 \begin_layout Standard
8760 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8768 of its own, it behaves just like a
8769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8776 paragraph environment.
8777 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8781 \begin_layout Standard
8782 Here's an example with a table:
8785 \begin_layout Enumerate
8787 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
8793 \begin_layout Enumerate
8794 This is (a) and it's nested.
8795 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8802 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8808 \begin_layout Standard
8810 \begin_inset Tabular
8811 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8812 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8813 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8814 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8898 \begin_layout Standard
8899 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8906 \begin_layout Enumerate
8908 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8912 \begin_layout Enumerate
8916 \begin_layout Standard
8917 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8920 \begin_layout Enumerate
8922 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
8928 \begin_layout Enumerate
8929 This is (a) and it's nested.
8933 \begin_layout Standard
8934 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8940 \begin_layout Standard
8942 \begin_inset Tabular
8943 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8944 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
8945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9030 \begin_layout Standard
9031 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9037 \begin_layout Enumerate
9044 In fact, it's not nested at all.
9047 \begin_layout Enumerate
9051 \begin_layout Standard
9052 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
9056 \begin_layout Standard
9057 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
9059 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
9060 then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
9063 \begin_layout Enumerate
9065 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9071 \begin_layout Enumerate
9072 This is (a) and it's nested.
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9076 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9082 \begin_layout Standard
9084 \begin_inset Tabular
9085 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9086 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
9087 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9088 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9172 \begin_layout Standard
9173 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9179 \begin_layout Enumerate
9181 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9189 \begin_layout Enumerate
9193 \begin_layout Standard
9194 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9200 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9201 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9205 \begin_layout Subsection
9206 Usage and General Features
9209 \begin_layout Standard
9210 Speaking of levels, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
9211 can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9220 is the innermost possible depth.
9221 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
9224 \begin_layout Enumerate
9225 level #1 – outermost
9226 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9232 \begin_layout Enumerate
9234 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9240 \begin_layout Enumerate
9242 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9248 \begin_layout Enumerate
9250 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9256 \begin_layout Itemize
9258 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9264 \begin_layout Itemize
9273 \begin_layout Standard
9274 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9275 both of them in the example.
9276 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9286 For example, if we tried to nest another
9291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9298 , we would get errors.
9301 \begin_layout Subsection
9303 \begin_inset Index idx
9306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9315 \begin_layout Standard
9316 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9317 We have several examples of nested environments.
9318 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9323 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9326 \begin_layout Labeling
9327 \labelwidthstring MMM
9328 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9335 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9341 \begin_layout Labeling
9342 \labelwidthstring MMM
9343 #2-a This is level #2.
9344 We created it by using
9347 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9353 arg "depth-increment"
9357 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9363 \begin_layout Labeling
9364 \labelwidthstring MMM
9365 #3-a This is level #3.
9366 This time, we just hit
9373 arg "depth-increment"
9377 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9381 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9387 arg "depth-increment"
9392 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9398 \begin_layout Standard
9403 environment, nested inside of
9404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9412 So, it's at level #4.
9413 We did this by hitting
9416 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9422 arg "depth-increment"
9425 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9430 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
9446 \begin_layout Standard
9451 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9454 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9460 \begin_layout Labeling
9461 \labelwidthstring MMM
9462 #4-a This is level #4.
9466 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9469 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9474 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9478 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9483 keep nesting things inside
9484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9493 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9499 \begin_layout Labeling
9500 \labelwidthstring MMM
9501 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar ldots
9503 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9509 \begin_layout Labeling
9510 \labelwidthstring MMM
9511 #6-a \SpecialChar ldots
9512 and this is level #6.
9513 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9517 \begin_layout Labeling
9518 \labelwidthstring MMM
9519 #5-b Back to level #5.
9523 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9529 arg "depth-decrement"
9536 \begin_layout Labeling
9537 \labelwidthstring MMM
9541 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9547 arg "depth-decrement"
9550 , we're back at level #4.
9554 \begin_layout Labeling
9555 \labelwidthstring MMM
9556 #3-b Back to level #3.
9557 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9561 \begin_layout Labeling
9562 \labelwidthstring MMM
9563 #2-b Back to level #2.
9568 \begin_layout Labeling
9569 \labelwidthstring MMM
9570 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9571 After this sentence, we'll hit
9575 and change the paragraph environment back to
9582 \begin_layout Standard
9583 We could have also used the
9599 environment in place of the
9604 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9608 Example 2: Inheritance
9611 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9612 This is the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
9613 -Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9616 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9625 arg "depth-increment"
9628 , after which, we'll change to the
9634 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9640 \begin_layout Enumerate
9645 environment, at level #2.
9648 \begin_layout Enumerate
9649 Notice how the nested
9653 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9655 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
9658 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9662 \begin_layout Standard
9663 We ended this example by hitting
9668 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9672 and reset the nesting depth by using
9675 arg "depth-decrement"
9681 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9682 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9691 \begin_inset Argument 1
9694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9695 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9703 \begin_layout Enumerate
9704 This is level #1, in an
9708 paragraph environment.
9709 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9711 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9717 \begin_layout Enumerate
9722 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9728 arg "depth-increment"
9732 Now, what happens if we nest an
9736 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9737 label be? An asterisk?
9739 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9745 \begin_layout Itemize
9755 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9756 So, its label is a bullet.
9757 (We got here by using
9760 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9766 arg "depth-increment"
9769 , then changing the environment to
9775 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9781 \begin_layout Itemize
9782 Here's level #4, produced using
9785 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9791 arg "depth-increment"
9795 We'll do that again\SpecialChar ldots
9797 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
9803 \begin_layout Enumerate
9806 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9811 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9815 , because we are in the
9824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9843 \begin_layout Enumerate
9848 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9849 type of numbering does \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
9853 \begin_layout Enumerate
9854 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9857 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9860 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9863 \begin_layout Enumerate
9867 arg "depth-decrement"
9870 to decrease the depth after the next
9873 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9880 \begin_layout Enumerate
9882 Look what type of label \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
9887 \begin_layout Enumerate
9889 Even though we've changed levels, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
9890 is still using a lowercase Roman
9891 numeral as the label.Why?
9894 \begin_layout Enumerate
9895 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9904 Notice, however, that \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
9909 reset the counter for the label.
9913 \begin_layout Enumerate
9917 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9923 arg "depth-decrement"
9926 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9927 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9928 into the twofold-nested
9936 \begin_layout Enumerate
9937 The same thing happens if we do another
9940 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
9946 arg "depth-decrement"
9949 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9952 \begin_layout Standard
9953 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9958 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9959 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
9973 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
9980 The same rule applies for the
9984 environment, as well.
9987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9988 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9991 \begin_layout Enumerate
9992 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9993 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9994 same detail with how we did it.
10001 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
10007 \begin_layout Standard
10015 arg "depth-increment"
10022 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
10023 example in parentheses someplace.
10024 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
10025 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
10026 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
10030 \begin_layout Enumerate
10035 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
10037 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
10043 \begin_layout Verse
10044 Now we'll add verse.
10045 \begin_inset Newline newline
10048 It will get much worse.
10049 \begin_inset Newline newline
10059 arg "depth-increment"
10069 \begin_layout Verse
10070 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
10071 \begin_inset Newline newline
10074 Bippitey boppitey boo!
10075 \begin_inset Newline newline
10081 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
10089 \begin_layout Verse
10090 Here comes a table:
10091 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
10097 \begin_layout Standard
10098 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
10104 \begin_layout Standard
10106 \begin_inset Tabular
10107 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
10108 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
10109 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
10110 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
10112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
10115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
10153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10195 \begin_layout Verse
10199 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
10209 arg "depth-increment"
10215 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
10225 arg "depth-decrement"
10232 \begin_layout Enumerate
10237 : level #1) This is another item.
10238 Note that selecting a
10242 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
10243 3 times to put the table inside the
10251 \begin_layout Quotation
10252 We're now ending the
10256 list and changing to
10261 We're still at level #1.
10262 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10263 The next set of paragraphs is a
10264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10271 We'll nest both the
10278 \begin_inset space ~
10283 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10287 for the letter body.
10291 arg "paragraph-break inverse"
10294 to preserve the depth.
10295 Remember that you need to use
10298 arg "newline-insert newline"
10301 to create multiple lines inside the
10308 \begin_inset space ~
10316 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
10322 \begin_layout Right Address
10324 \begin_inset Newline newline
10327 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10328 \begin_inset Newline newline
10334 \begin_layout Address
10336 \begin_inset space ~
10342 \begin_layout Quotation
10343 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
10344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10347 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10348 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10349 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10350 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10351 as soon as possible.
10352 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10355 \begin_layout Quotation
10356 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10357 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10358 with your order, along with payment.
10361 \begin_layout Quotation
10362 We thank you again for your patience.
10365 \begin_layout Address
10367 \begin_inset Newline newline
10374 \begin_layout Quotation
10375 That ends that example!
10378 \begin_layout Standard
10379 As you can see, nesting environments in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
10380 gives you a lot of power with
10381 just a few keystrokes.
10382 We could have easily nested an
10403 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10406 \begin_layout Section
10407 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
10408 \begin_inset Index idx
10411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10420 \begin_layout Standard
10421 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
10422 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
10424 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
10425 be broken at the end of a line.
10426 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
10430 \begin_layout Subsection
10432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10434 name "subsec:Protected-Space"
10439 \begin_inset Index idx
10442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10451 \begin_layout Standard
10452 The protected space: It is used to tell \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
10453 (and \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
10455 line at that point.
10456 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
10459 \begin_layout Quote
10460 Further documentation is given in section
10461 \begin_inset Newline newline
10465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10467 reference "sec:Bibliography"
10475 \begin_layout Standard
10476 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
10477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10491 reference "sec:Bibliography"
10496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10500 A protected space is set with
10502 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
10503 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
10507 \begin_inset space ~
10517 arg "space-insert protected"
10523 \begin_layout Subsection
10525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10527 name "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
10532 \begin_inset Index idx
10535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10536 Spacing ! Horizontal
10544 \begin_layout Standard
10545 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10547 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
10548 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
10552 The length units are listed in Appendix
10553 \begin_inset space ~
10557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10559 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10566 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10570 name "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
10575 \begin_inset Index idx
10578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10579 Spaces ! Inter-word
10587 \begin_layout Standard
10589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10593 \begin_inset space \space{}
10596 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10597 ntence punctuation mark, and \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
10598 honors those conventions (see section
10599 \begin_inset space ~
10603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10605 reference "subsec:Abbreviations"
10610 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10611 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10614 arg "space-insert normal"
10620 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10624 name "subsec:Thin-Space"
10629 \begin_inset Index idx
10632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10641 \begin_layout Standard
10643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10650 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10659 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10660 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10661 inside abbreviations:
10664 \begin_layout Quote
10666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10670 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10673 \begin_layout Standard
10674 or between values and units.
10675 Compare for example this:
10676 \begin_inset Newline newline
10680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10684 \begin_inset Newline newline
10687 10 kg (normal space
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10691 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10693 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
10694 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
10696 \begin_inset space ~
10704 arg "space-insert thin"
10710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10714 name "subsec:More-Spaces"
10721 \begin_layout Standard
10722 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10725 \begin_layout Description
10727 \begin_inset space ~
10731 \begin_inset space ~
10734 space A line with a
10735 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10739 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10743 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10746 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10749 \begin_layout Description
10751 \begin_inset space ~
10755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10759 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10763 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10767 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10774 em) space between the arrows.
10777 \begin_layout Description
10779 \begin_inset space ~
10783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10787 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10791 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10795 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10799 \begin_inset space ~
10803 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10806 em) space between the arrows.
10809 \begin_layout Description
10811 \begin_inset space ~
10815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10819 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10823 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10827 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10831 \begin_inset space ~
10835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10838 em) space between the arrows.
10841 \begin_layout Description
10843 \begin_inset space ~
10847 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10851 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10856 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10860 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10863 cm space between the arrows.
10866 \begin_layout Standard
10868 \begin_inset space ~
10872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10874 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10878 lists the different space sizes.
10881 \begin_layout Standard
10882 \begin_inset Float table
10887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10889 \begin_inset Caption Standard
10891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10894 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10898 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10908 \begin_inset Tabular
10909 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10910 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
10911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
10912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
10914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
11013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
11022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
11037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11039 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
11050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
11065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11067 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
11078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
11093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
11106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11135 \begin_inset Index idx
11138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11147 \begin_layout Standard
11148 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
11149 feature for adding extra space
11150 in a uniform fashion.
11151 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
11152 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
11153 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
11154 equally between themselves.
11158 \begin_layout Standard
11159 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
11162 \begin_layout Quote
11164 This is on the left side
11165 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
11168 This is on the right
11171 \begin_layout Quote
11174 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
11178 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
11184 \begin_layout Quote
11187 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
11191 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
11195 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
11201 \begin_layout Standard
11202 That was an example in the
11208 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
11212 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
11216 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
11219 is one in a standard paragraph.
11220 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
11224 sitting in-between the two arrows.
11227 \begin_layout Standard
11228 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
11231 \begin_inset space ~
11236 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
11239 \begin_layout Standard
11241 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
11245 \begin_inset space ~
11251 \begin_layout Standard
11253 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
11257 \begin_inset space ~
11263 \begin_layout Standard
11265 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
11269 \begin_inset space ~
11275 \begin_layout Standard
11277 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
11281 \begin_inset space ~
11287 \begin_layout Standard
11289 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
11293 \begin_inset space ~
11299 \begin_layout Standard
11301 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
11305 \begin_inset space ~
11311 \begin_layout Standard
11312 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11320 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
11324 in the first line in a paragraph, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
11326 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
11327 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
11331 option in the space dialog.
11339 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11343 name "subsec:Phantom-Space"
11348 \begin_inset Index idx
11351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11360 \begin_layout Standard
11361 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
11363 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11367 \begin_inset space \space{}
11370 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
11373 \begin_layout Standard
11374 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
11377 What is correct English?:
11378 \begin_inset Newline newline
11382 \begin_inset Newline newline
11386 \begin_inset space ~
11389 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
11390 \begin_inset Newline newline
11394 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
11397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11405 \begin_inset Newline newline
11409 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
11412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11420 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
11426 \begin_layout Standard
11427 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
11428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11432 \begin_inset space ~
11436 \begin_inset space ~
11440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11444 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
11446 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
11447 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
11451 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
11453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11457 \begin_inset space ~
11461 \begin_inset space ~
11465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11468 into the phantom inset (note the space after
11469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11477 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
11478 That is why it is named
11479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11487 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
11488 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
11492 \begin_layout Subsection
11494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11496 name "subsec:Vertical-Space"
11501 \begin_inset Index idx
11504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11513 \begin_layout Standard
11514 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
11516 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
11517 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
11519 \begin_inset space ~
11525 There you find the following sizes:
11528 \begin_layout Standard
11541 are \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
11542 sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11547 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11549 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
11553 \begin_inset Index idx
11556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11557 Document ! Settings
11562 for the paragraph separation.
11563 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11574 \begin_layout Standard
11580 \begin_inset Index idx
11583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11589 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11590 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11592 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11593 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11602 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11611 s are described in section
11612 \begin_inset space ~
11616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11618 reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
11627 If there are several
11631 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11632 You can therefore use
11636 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11639 \begin_layout Standard
11644 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11645 \begin_inset space ~
11649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11651 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11658 \begin_layout Standard
11659 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11669 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11670 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11682 \begin_layout Subsection
11683 Paragraph Alignment
11686 \begin_layout Standard
11687 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11689 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
11693 There are five possibilities:
11696 \begin_layout Itemize
11704 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11710 \begin_layout Itemize
11718 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11724 \begin_layout Itemize
11732 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11738 \begin_layout Itemize
11746 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11752 \begin_layout Itemize
11760 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11766 \begin_layout Standard
11767 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11768 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11769 the left and right margins.
11770 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11771 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
11776 \begin_layout Standard
11778 This paragraph is right aligned,
11781 \begin_layout Standard
11783 this one is centered,
11786 \begin_layout Standard
11788 this one is left aligned.
11791 \begin_layout Subsection
11793 \begin_inset Index idx
11796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11797 Page breaks ! Forced
11803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11805 name "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11812 \begin_layout Standard
11813 If you don't like the way \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
11814 does the pagebreaks in your document, you
11815 can force a page break where you want one.
11816 Normally this will not be necessary, because \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
11817 is good at page breaking.
11818 Only if you use a lot of
11822 , \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
11823 's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11826 \begin_layout Standard
11827 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
11828 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11832 have to change the page breaking.
11835 \begin_layout Standard
11836 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
11838 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11840 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
11841 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
11843 \begin_inset space ~
11849 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11851 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
11852 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
11854 \begin_inset space ~
11859 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11861 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11862 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11865 \begin_layout Standard
11866 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11867 at the top of a page.
11868 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11869 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
11870 gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11871 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11872 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11876 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11880 to learn more about
11887 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11891 name "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11896 \begin_inset Index idx
11899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11900 Page breaks ! Clear
11908 \begin_layout Standard
11909 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
11910 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11911 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11912 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11913 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11916 \begin_layout Standard
11917 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11919 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
11920 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
11922 \begin_inset space ~
11928 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11930 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
11931 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
11933 \begin_inset space ~
11937 \begin_inset space ~
11942 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11943 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11946 \begin_layout Subsection
11948 \begin_inset Index idx
11951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11960 name "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11967 \begin_layout Standard
11968 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11970 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11972 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
11973 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
11975 \begin_inset space ~
11979 \begin_inset space ~
11987 arg "newline-insert newline"
11991 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11993 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
11994 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
11996 \begin_inset space ~
12000 \begin_inset space ~
12005 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
12007 This is necessary to avoid
12008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12015 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
12018 \begin_layout Standard
12019 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12020 's line breaking, as
12021 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12022 is very good at line breaking.
12023 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
12024 set a line break, e.
12025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12029 \begin_inset space \space{}
12032 in a poem or for an address (see sections
12033 \begin_inset space ~
12037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12039 reference "sec:Quote"
12044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12046 reference "sec:Verse"
12051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12053 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
12060 \begin_layout Subsection
12062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12064 name "subsec:Horizontal-Lines"
12069 \begin_inset Index idx
12072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12081 \begin_layout Standard
12083 \begin_inset CommandInset line
12094 \begin_layout Standard
12097 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
12098 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
12100 \begin_inset space ~
12105 you can insert horizontal lines.
12106 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
12107 of the current text line or the paragraph.
12108 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
12111 \begin_layout Standard
12113 \begin_inset CommandInset line
12124 \begin_layout Standard
12128 \begin_layout Section
12129 Characters and Symbols
12132 \begin_layout Standard
12133 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
12134 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
12135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12139 \begin_inset space \space{}
12142 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
12144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12150 reference "subsec:Keyboard-mapping"
12154 for information on how this is done.
12157 \begin_layout Standard
12158 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
12163 dialog via the menu
12165 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
12166 Special Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
12172 \begin_layout Standard
12173 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12181 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
12182 when you are using a special screen font in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
12184 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
12192 \begin_layout Section
12193 Fonts and Text Styles
12194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12196 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
12203 \begin_layout Subsection
12205 \begin_inset Index idx
12208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12217 \begin_layout Standard
12218 There are two types of fonts:
12221 \begin_layout Description
12223 \begin_inset space ~
12227 \begin_inset Index idx
12230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12236 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
12237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12241 characters) in the font.
12242 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
12243 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
12244 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
12245 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
12246 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
12247 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
12248 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
12249 \begin_inset Newline newline
12252 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
12253 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
12254 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
12255 sizes than at small ones.
12256 \begin_inset Newline newline
12270 \begin_inset space ~
12278 \begin_layout Description
12280 \begin_inset space ~
12284 \begin_inset Index idx
12287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12293 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
12294 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
12295 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
12296 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
12297 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
12298 picture manipulation program.
12299 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
12300 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
12301 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
12302 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
12303 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
12305 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
12306 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
12307 \begin_inset Newline newline
12310 Bitmap fonts are named
12313 \begin_inset space ~
12318 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
12321 \begin_layout Standard
12322 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
12323 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
12324 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
12325 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
12326 use scalable fonts.
12329 \begin_layout Standard
12330 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
12331 its document properties.
12334 \begin_layout Standard
12335 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
12336 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
12337 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
12338 font to emphasize text, you use an
12339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12347 This concept fits in perfectly with \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
12349 In \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
12350 , you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
12354 \begin_layout Subsection
12355 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12359 name "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
12366 \begin_layout Standard
12367 Traditionally, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12368 uses its own fonts.
12369 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
12370 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12372 The reason is that \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12373 needs some extra information about the fonts,
12374 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
12375 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
12376 to usual word processors.
12377 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
12378 are generally of very good quality, and that \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12379 files are very portable
12380 across different machines.
12381 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12383 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
12385 In \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
12386 , only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
12388 \begin_inset space ~
12392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12394 reference "subsec:Document-Font"
12399 However, all others are available if you enter the respective \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12401 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
12405 \begin_layout Standard
12406 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12408 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
12409 system (OS), namely Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
12410 and Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
12412 Both engines are now supported by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
12414 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
12415 that is installed on your system.
12416 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
12419 \begin_layout Standard
12420 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12428 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
12429 es; so you might have to experiment.
12437 \begin_layout Standard
12438 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12446 Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
12447 and especially Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
12448 , are still rather new and thus not as mature
12449 as traditional \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12450 or PDF\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
12459 \begin_layout Subsection
12460 Document Font and Font size
12461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12463 name "subsec:Document-Font"
12468 \begin_inset Index idx
12471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12478 \begin_inset Index idx
12481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12490 \begin_layout Standard
12491 You can set the document fonts in the
12493 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
12497 \begin_inset Index idx
12500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12501 Document ! Settings
12507 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
12508 font shapes roman (serif),
12511 \begin_inset space ~
12523 \begin_layout Standard
12524 The possible options for the font include
12528 and a list of fonts available on your system.
12533 uses the standard \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
12535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12541 \begin_inset space ~
12547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12560 European Computer Modern
12563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12573 \begin_layout Standard
12582 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12583 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12588 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12591 \begin_inset space ~
12596 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12602 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12603 There are three ways to use one:
12606 \begin_layout Itemize
12610 \begin_inset space ~
12615 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12628 \begin_inset space ~
12633 was developed for the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12634 community in order to replace
12638 as the default font.
12639 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12640 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12643 \begin_inset space ~
12656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12657 One difference is improved kerning.
12665 \begin_layout Itemize
12669 \begin_inset space ~
12673 \begin_inset space ~
12678 fonts in (the rare) case that
12681 \begin_inset space ~
12686 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12701 Virtual means that it
12702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12713 -glyphs from other fonts.
12714 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12736 Loading the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12742 \begin_inset Index idx
12745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12748 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12749 -packages ! aeguill
12754 with the document preamble line
12755 \begin_inset Newline newline
12762 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12763 \begin_inset Newline newline
12768 will fix the guillemet problem.
12773 and that accented characters are not
12777 glyph, but build of
12781 characters, the accent and the letter.
12782 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12788 If you search for example for the French word
12789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12796 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12805 and not for the glyph
12806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12810 \begin_inset space ~
12814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12820 \begin_layout Itemize
12821 If you do not like the look of
12829 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12834 \begin_inset space ~
12840 \begin_inset space ~
12852 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12853 \begin_inset space ~
12856 serif and typewriter fonts
12860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12861 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12868 \begin_inset space ~
12877 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12882 \begin_inset space \space{}
12890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12894 \begin_inset space \space{}
12900 \begin_inset space ~
12908 \begin_inset space ~
12918 , but you can also select your own.
12919 \begin_inset Newline newline
12922 The differences between roman,
12925 \begin_inset space ~
12934 fonts are explained in section
12935 \begin_inset space ~
12939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12941 reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12946 \begin_inset Newline newline
12952 \begin_inset space ~
12957 was originally designed for newspapers.
12958 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12959 into the small newspaper columns.
12963 \begin_inset space ~
12968 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12972 For the font size there are four possible values:
12989 depends on your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
12990 -system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
12993 \begin_layout Standard
12994 The font sizes are the
12999 That means that \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
13000 scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
13001 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
13002 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
13005 \begin_inset space ~
13011 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
13012 \begin_inset space ~
13016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13018 reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
13025 \begin_layout Standard
13030 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
13031 a font to display the script characters.
13035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13036 The font will be the argument for the commands of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
13042 So this has no effect for the document language
13058 \begin_layout Standard
13059 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
13063 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13071 When you choose a new font or font size, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
13076 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
13077 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
13078 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
13079 's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
13081 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
13084 dialog, see section
13085 \begin_inset space ~
13089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13091 reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
13103 \begin_layout Subsection
13104 Using Different Character Styles
13105 \begin_inset Index idx
13108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13115 \begin_inset Index idx
13118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13127 \begin_layout Standard
13128 As we've already seen, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
13129 automatically changes the character style for
13130 certain paragraph environments.
13131 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
13132 supports two character styles,
13141 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
13145 \begin_layout Standard
13150 style, do one of the following:
13153 \begin_layout Itemize
13154 click on the toolbar button
13155 \begin_inset Graphics
13156 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
13163 \begin_layout Itemize
13164 use the key binding
13173 \begin_layout Standard
13174 These commands are all toggles.
13179 style is already active, they deactivate it.
13182 \begin_layout Standard
13183 One typically uses the
13187 style for proper names.
13189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13196 is the original author of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
13198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13204 \begin_layout Standard
13205 A more widely used character style is the
13210 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
13217 \begin_layout Itemize
13218 clicking on the toolbar button
13219 \begin_inset Graphics
13220 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
13227 \begin_layout Itemize
13228 using the keybindings
13237 \begin_layout Standard
13242 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
13244 es use a different font.
13247 \begin_layout Standard
13248 We've been using the
13252 style all over the place in this document.
13253 Here's one more example:
13256 \begin_layout Quotation
13259 Don't overuse character styles!
13262 \begin_layout Standard
13263 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
13264 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
13265 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
13266 the common tendency to overuse character style.
13270 \begin_layout Standard
13271 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
13279 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
13281 \begin_inset space ~
13289 \begin_layout Subsection
13290 Fine-Tuning with the
13295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13297 name "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
13302 \begin_inset Index idx
13305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13314 \begin_layout Standard
13315 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
13316 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
13317 gives you a way to create a custom character style.
13318 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
13319 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
13320 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
13321 from ordinary dialog.
13324 \begin_layout Standard
13325 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
13326 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
13327 \begin_inset Newline newline
13330 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
13331 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
13334 \begin_layout Standard
13335 To use custom character styles, open the
13337 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
13339 \begin_inset space ~
13344 dialog or press the toolbar button
13347 arg "dialog-show character"
13351 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
13352 font property which you can choose.
13353 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13356 \begin_inset space ~
13361 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13366 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13367 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13368 environments in a snap.
13371 \begin_layout Standard
13372 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13375 \begin_inset space ~
13387 \begin_layout Labeling
13388 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13402 The possible options are:
13404 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
13410 \begin_layout Labeling
13411 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13416 This is the Roman font family.
13417 Normally a serif font.
13418 It's also the default family.
13428 \begin_layout Labeling
13429 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13433 \begin_inset space ~
13440 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13452 \begin_layout Labeling
13453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13460 This is the Typewriter font family.
13466 arg "font-typewriter"
13475 \begin_layout Labeling
13476 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13481 This corresponds to the print weight.
13484 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
13490 \begin_layout Labeling
13491 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13496 This is the Medium font series.
13497 It's also the default series.
13500 \begin_layout Labeling
13501 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13508 This is the Bold font series.
13521 \begin_layout Labeling
13522 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13527 As the name implies.
13530 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
13536 \begin_layout Labeling
13537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13542 This is the Upright font shape.
13543 It's also the default shape.
13546 \begin_layout Labeling
13547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13561 s the Italic font shape
13567 \begin_layout Labeling
13568 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13575 This is the Slanted font shape
13577 (although it might not be visible in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
13578 , this is different from italic).
13581 \begin_layout Labeling
13582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13586 \begin_inset space ~
13593 This is the Small caps font shape
13600 \begin_layout Labeling
13601 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13606 Alters the size of the font.
13607 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13608 nal to the document font size.
13609 Once again, you don't feed \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
13610 the details, but a general description of
13611 what you want to do.
13614 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
13620 \begin_layout Labeling
13621 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13642 arg "font-size tiny"
13648 \begin_layout Labeling
13649 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13670 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13676 \begin_layout Labeling
13677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13698 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13704 \begin_layout Labeling
13705 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13726 arg "font-size small"
13732 \begin_layout Labeling
13733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13747 It's also the default size.
13751 arg "font-size normal"
13757 \begin_layout Labeling
13758 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13779 arg "font-size large"
13785 \begin_layout Labeling
13786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13807 arg "font-size larger"
13813 \begin_layout Labeling
13814 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13835 arg "font-size largest"
13841 \begin_layout Labeling
13842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13863 arg "font-size huge"
13869 \begin_layout Labeling
13870 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13891 arg "font-size giant"
13898 \begin_layout Standard
13903 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13904 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13905 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
13906 automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13907 — use that instead.
13908 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13911 \begin_layout Labeling
13912 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13917 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13920 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
13926 \begin_layout Labeling
13927 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13934 This is text with emphasize on
13937 This might seem like the same as
13941 , but it is actually a bit different.
13947 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13949 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13952 \begin_layout Labeling
13953 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13960 This is text with Underbar on.
13966 arg "font-underline"
13972 \begin_inset Newline newline
13977 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13978 when you couldn't change fonts.
13979 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13980 It is only included in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
13981 because some people
13985 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13988 \begin_layout Labeling
13989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13993 \begin_inset space ~
13998 This is text with Double underbar on.
14002 arg "font-underunderline"
14006 \begin_inset Newline newline
14009 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
14010 about double underbar.
14013 \begin_layout Labeling
14014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14018 \begin_inset space ~
14023 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
14027 arg "font-underwave"
14031 \begin_inset Newline newline
14034 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
14035 Keep antinausea pills handy.
14038 \begin_layout Labeling
14039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14046 This is text with Strikeout on.
14052 arg "font-strikeout"
14056 \begin_inset Newline newline
14059 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has since
14063 \begin_layout Labeling
14064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14071 This is text with Noun on.
14078 , this is a logical attribute.
14079 Normally it's equivalent to
14082 \begin_inset space ~
14091 \begin_layout Labeling
14092 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14097 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
14098 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
14102 \begin_inset space ~
14107 , which is the default
14108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14115 and means normally black, you can choose between
14148 \begin_inset Index idx
14151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14160 \begin_layout Labeling
14161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14166 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
14167 the language of the document.
14168 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
14169 (only within \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
14171 \begin_inset Newline newline
14174 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14176 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
14177 When using the spell checking (see section
14178 \begin_inset space ~
14182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14184 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
14188 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary
14191 \begin_layout Standard
14192 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
14193 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
14195 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
14197 \begin_inset space ~
14202 dialog, the settings are saved.
14203 You can activate them using the toolbar button
14206 arg "textstyle-apply"
14210 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
14211 when the dialog isn't visible.
14215 \begin_layout Standard
14216 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
14223 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
14224 (suppose you just set the shape to
14225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14243 \begin_inset space ~
14255 \begin_layout Standard
14256 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
14264 \begin_inset space ~
14276 \begin_layout Itemize
14282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14289 font, that means every character has the same width, the
14290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14307 \begin_inset Newline newline
14311 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14325 \begin_inset Note Note
14328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14329 For more on phantoms see section
14330 \begin_inset space ~
14334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14336 reference "subsec:More-Spaces"
14346 \begin_inset Newline newline
14352 \begin_layout Itemize
14357 fonts use characters with serifs.
14358 These are the small
14359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14366 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14367 The following example will show the difference:
14368 \begin_inset Newline newline
14372 \begin_inset Newline newline
14377 text without serifs
14380 \begin_inset Newline newline
14383 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14384 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14391 \begin_layout Itemize
14397 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14398 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14401 \begin_layout Standard
14402 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14403 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14406 \begin_layout Section
14407 Printing and Previewing
14410 \begin_layout Subsection
14414 \begin_layout Standard
14415 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14416 using \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
14417 , you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14418 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14419 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14420 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14422 Additional Features
14427 \begin_layout Standard
14428 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
14429 uses the program \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14431 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14432 is just a macro package for the \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
14433 typesetting system, but to prevent
14434 confusion, we'll only refer to \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14436 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
14437 is what you use to do your actual writing.
14438 Then, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
14439 calls \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14440 to turn your writing into printable output.
14441 This happens in two stages:
14444 \begin_layout Enumerate
14445 First, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
14446 converts your document to a series of text commands for \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14448 generating a file with the extension,
14449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14463 \begin_layout Enumerate
14464 Next, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14465 uses the commands in the
14469 file to produce printable output.
14473 \begin_layout Subsection
14474 Output file formats
14475 \begin_inset Index idx
14478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14487 name "subsec:Output-file-formats"
14494 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14496 \begin_inset Index idx
14499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14500 File formats ! ASCII
14508 \begin_layout Standard
14509 This file type has the extension
14510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14522 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14526 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14533 \begin_layout Standard
14534 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14536 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
14537 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
14543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14544 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14545 \begin_inset Index idx
14548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14549 File formats ! \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14557 \begin_layout Standard
14558 This file type has the extension
14559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14570 and contains all commands that are necessary for the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14573 If you know \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14574 , you can use it to find out \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14575 -Errors or to process
14576 it manually with console commands.
14577 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14578 -file is automatically created in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
14579 's temporary directory whenever
14580 you view or export your document.
14583 \begin_layout Standard
14584 You can export your document as \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14585 -file using the menu
14587 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
14588 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
14593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14605 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14607 \begin_inset Index idx
14610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14619 \begin_layout Standard
14620 This file type has the extension
14621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14641 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14642 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14643 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14647 \begin_layout Standard
14648 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14649 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14650 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14651 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14653 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14656 \begin_layout Standard
14657 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14659 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
14660 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
14666 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14668 \begin_inset Index idx
14671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14672 File formats ! PostScript
14680 \begin_layout Standard
14681 This file type has the extension
14682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14694 PostScript was developed by the company
14698 as a printer language.
14699 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14701 PostScript can be seen as a
14702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14705 programming language
14706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14709 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14714 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14721 \begin_inset Index idx
14724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14725 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
14726 -packages ! pstricks
14736 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14739 \begin_layout Standard
14740 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14744 Encapsulated PostScript
14745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14748 (EPS, file extension
14749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14761 As \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
14762 allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14763 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14768 images in your document, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
14770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14773 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14774 This will slow down your workflow with \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
14776 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14777 EPS to avoid this problem.
14780 \begin_layout Standard
14781 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14783 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
14784 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
14790 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14792 \begin_inset Index idx
14795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14802 \begin_inset Index idx
14805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14814 \begin_layout Standard
14815 This file type has the extension
14816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14832 Portable Document Format
14833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14840 was derived from PostScript.
14841 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14850 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14851 looks exactly the same.
14854 \begin_layout Standard
14855 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14859 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14863 (JPG, file extension
14864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14891 Portable Network Graphics
14892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14895 (PNG, file extension
14896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14908 You can although use any other image format, because \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
14910 in the background to one of these formats.
14911 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14912 will slow down your workflow.
14913 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14916 \begin_layout Standard
14917 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14919 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
14922 in three different ways:
14925 \begin_layout Description
14926 PDF This uses the program
14930 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14931 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14935 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14936 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14939 \begin_layout Description
14941 \begin_inset space ~
14944 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14948 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14952 \begin_layout Description
14954 \begin_inset space ~
14957 (pdflatex) This uses the program pdftex that converts your file directly
14961 \begin_layout Description
14963 \begin_inset space ~
14970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14977 X) This uses the program Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
14978 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14979 Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
14980 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support
14981 for direct font access (see section
14982 \begin_inset space ~
14986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14988 reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
14993 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14996 \begin_layout Description
14998 \begin_inset space ~
15005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15012 X) This uses the program Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
15013 that converts your file directly to PDF.
15014 Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
15015 is an even newer engine, derived from pdflatex, that also provides
15016 direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
15017 \begin_inset space ~
15021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15023 reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
15028 Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
15029 is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
15030 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15035 We recommend to use
15038 \begin_inset space ~
15047 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
15048 works without problems.
15053 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
15056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15058 \begin_inset Index idx
15061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15062 FileFormats ! XHTML
15068 \begin_inset Index idx
15071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15080 \begin_layout Standard
15081 This file type has the extension
15082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15094 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15095 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
15096 when \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15097 produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
15098 suitable for the purpose.
15099 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
15100 it, but not all do.
15103 \begin_layout Standard
15104 XHTML output remains
15105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15112 , and not all \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15113 features are supported yet.
15115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15118 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15119 and the World Wide Web
15120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15125 Additional Features
15127 manual, for more information.
15130 \begin_layout Standard
15131 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15133 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
15134 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
15135 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15141 \begin_layout Subsection
15143 \begin_inset Index idx
15146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15155 \begin_layout Standard
15156 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
15157 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15161 and choose a file type.
15162 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
15165 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
15168 you can use the toolbar button
15169 \begin_inset Graphics
15170 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
15177 arg "buffer-view dvi"
15182 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
15184 \begin_inset space ~
15190 \begin_inset Graphics
15191 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
15197 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
15201 \begin_inset Graphics
15202 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
15209 arg "buffer-view ps"
15215 \begin_layout Standard
15216 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15217 viewer window using the menu
15219 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
15225 \begin_layout Standard
15226 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15229 To have a real output, export your document.
15232 \begin_layout Subsection
15233 Printing the File from within \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15236 name "subsec:Printing-the-File"
15243 \begin_layout Standard
15244 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15245 it directly from within \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15247 To print a file, select the menu
15249 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
15252 or click on the toolbar button
15253 \begin_inset Graphics
15254 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
15259 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15260 will internally call \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
15262 This file is then processed by the program
15266 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15271 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15274 \begin_layout Standard
15275 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15276 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15277 printing one set to print on the other side.
15278 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15279 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15280 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15283 \begin_layout Standard
15284 You can set the parameters in the
15287 \begin_inset space ~
15295 \begin_layout Labeling
15296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15301 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15306 Note that this printer name is for the program
15315 has to be configured for this printer name.
15316 The default printer can be set in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15317 's preferences dialog, see section
15318 \begin_inset space ~
15322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15324 reference "subsec:Printer"
15333 The printer should understand PostScript.
15336 \begin_layout Labeling
15337 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15342 The name of a file to print to.
15343 The output will be a PostScript file.
15344 It will be written in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15345 's working directory unless you specify the full
15349 \begin_layout Section
15350 A few Words about Typography
15351 \begin_inset Index idx
15354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15363 \begin_layout Subsection
15365 \begin_inset Index idx
15368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15377 \begin_layout Standard
15378 In \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15391 character comes in four lengths: the
15403 , and the minus sign:
15404 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15410 \begin_layout Standard
15411 \begin_inset Tabular
15412 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15413 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
15414 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
15415 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
15416 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
15417 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15446 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15486 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15511 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
15513 \begin_inset space ~
15516 Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
15523 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15548 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
15550 \begin_inset space ~
15553 Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
15561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15574 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15608 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15614 \begin_layout Standard
15615 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15627 character multiple times in a row.
15628 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15629 the final output, but not in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15662 \begin_layout Standard
15663 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15664 math mode and has a length of its own.
15665 Here are some examples of the
15666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15680 \begin_layout Enumerate
15681 line- and page-breaks
15682 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15692 \begin_layout Enumerate
15694 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15704 \begin_layout Enumerate
15705 Oh — there's a dash.
15706 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15716 \begin_layout Enumerate
15717 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15721 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15731 \begin_layout Subsection
15733 \begin_inset Index idx
15736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15745 name "subsec:Hyphenation"
15752 \begin_layout Standard
15753 Words aren't hyphenated within \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15754 but automatically in the output.
15755 Hyphenation is done by the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
15761 \begin_inset Index idx
15764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15765 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
15771 following the rules of the document language
15775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
15784 \begin_inset space ~
15788 \begin_inset space ~
15795 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
15806 \begin_layout Standard
15807 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
15808 hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15813 font and with unusual constructs, like
15814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15822 If \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
15823 can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15824 This is done with the menu
15826 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
15827 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
15829 \begin_inset space ~
15835 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
15837 If no hyphenation is necessary, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
15841 \begin_layout Standard
15842 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15843 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15853 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
15854 would then see the hyphen
15855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15862 as a hyphenation possibility.
15863 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15864 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15865 as described in section
15866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15869 Prevent Hyphenation
15870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15880 \begin_layout Subsection
15882 \begin_inset Index idx
15885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15894 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15895 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15898 name "subsec:Abbreviations"
15905 \begin_layout Standard
15906 When \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
15907 calls \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
15908 to generate the final version of your document, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
15909 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15910 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
15912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15915 appropriate amount of space
15916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15920 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15922 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15925 \begin_layout Standard
15926 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15927 not work in all cases.
15929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15940 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15941 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15944 \begin_layout Standard
15945 Here are some examples of
15949 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15952 \begin_layout Itemize
15957 \begin_layout Itemize
15962 \begin_layout Standard
15963 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15966 \begin_layout Itemize
15968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15972 this is too much space!
15975 \begin_layout Itemize
15980 \begin_layout Standard
15981 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15984 \begin_layout Standard
15985 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15988 \begin_layout Enumerate
15992 \begin_inset space ~
15997 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15998 \begin_inset space ~
16002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16004 reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
16009 \begin_inset Index idx
16012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16013 Spaces ! inter-word
16021 \begin_layout Enumerate
16025 \begin_inset space ~
16030 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
16031 \begin_inset space ~
16035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16037 reference "subsec:Thin-Space"
16042 \begin_inset Index idx
16045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16054 \begin_layout Enumerate
16058 \begin_inset space ~
16062 \begin_inset space ~
16066 \begin_inset space ~
16073 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
16075 \begin_inset space ~
16080 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
16081 This function is also bound to
16084 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
16090 \begin_layout Standard
16091 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
16094 \begin_layout Itemize
16096 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16100 \begin_inset space \space{}
16103 this is too much space!
16106 \begin_layout Itemize
16107 This is I\SpecialChar endofsentence
16111 \begin_layout Standard
16112 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
16113 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
16114 will take care of this.
16117 \begin_layout Standard
16118 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16122 \begin_inset space ~
16125 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
16127 feature described in section
16129 Checking \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
16133 Additional Features
16138 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16140 \begin_inset Index idx
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16144 Typography ! Quotes
16150 \begin_inset Index idx
16153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16184 \begin_layout Standard
16185 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
16186 usually sets quotes correctly.
16187 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16188 and use a closing quote at the end.
16190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16198 The keyboard character,
16202 , generates this automatically.
16205 \begin_layout Standard
16206 You can change the behavior of the
16210 key using the submenu
16216 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
16220 \begin_inset Index idx
16223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16224 Document ! Settings
16232 \begin_layout Standard
16233 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
16238 There are six choices:
16241 \begin_layout Labeling
16242 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16254 Use quotes like this
16255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16263 \begin_inset Quotes els
16267 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16273 \begin_layout Labeling
16274 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16277 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16281 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16287 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16291 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16295 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16301 \begin_layout Labeling
16302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16305 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16309 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16315 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16319 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16323 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16327 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16333 \begin_layout Labeling
16334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16337 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16341 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16347 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16351 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16355 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16359 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16365 \begin_layout Labeling
16366 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16369 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16373 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16379 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16383 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16387 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16391 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16397 \begin_layout Labeling
16398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16401 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16405 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16411 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16415 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16419 \begin_inset Quotes als
16423 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16429 \begin_layout Standard
16430 These settings affect what character the
16437 \begin_layout Subsection
16439 \begin_inset Index idx
16442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16443 Typography ! Ligatures
16449 \begin_inset Index idx
16452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16483 name "subsec:Ligatures"
16490 \begin_layout Standard
16491 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16492 print them as single characters.
16493 These groups are known as
16498 Since \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
16499 knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16501 Here are the standard ligatures:
16504 \begin_layout Itemize
16508 \begin_layout Itemize
16512 \begin_layout Itemize
16516 \begin_layout Itemize
16520 \begin_layout Itemize
16524 \begin_layout Standard
16525 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16528 \begin_layout Standard
16529 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16530 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16538 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16554 To break a ligature, use
16556 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
16557 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
16559 \begin_inset space ~
16566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16577 cuff\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
16579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16594 Dorf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
16596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16602 \begin_layout Subsection
16603 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
16605 \begin_inset Index idx
16608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16609 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
16616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16618 name "subsec:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16625 \begin_layout Standard
16626 You will certainly have noticed that the word “\SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
16627 ” always appears with
16628 characters in different sizes and heights.
16629 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
16630 is the name of the program used by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
16631 and is therefore recognized
16632 as a proper name when you type it in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
16634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16653 \begin_inset Note Note
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16657 The braces in \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
16658 Code are here to avoid that the
16659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16666 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16667 To create proper names omit the \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
16673 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
16674 recognizes the following
16678 \begin_layout Description
16679 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
16680 The name of the game, write
16681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16702 \begin_layout Description
16703 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
16704 The program used by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
16706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16727 \begin_layout Description
16728 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
16729 The program used by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
16731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16752 \begin_layout Description
16753 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX2e
16754 The actual version of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
16756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16777 \begin_layout Standard
16778 You might wonder why the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
16780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16784 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16792 It's an old tradition in the \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
16793 -world to give programs geek version numbers.
16794 For example the version number of \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
16795 converges to the number
16796 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16799 : The actual version is
16800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16803 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
16805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16808 , the previous one was
16809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16812 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
16814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16820 \begin_layout Standard
16821 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16826 \begin_inset space \space{}
16829 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
16832 This will look in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
16834 \begin_inset Graphics
16835 filename ../clipart/LaTeX.png
16841 \begin_inset Newline newline
16844 For more about \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
16845 Code, look at section
16846 \begin_inset space ~
16850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16852 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16859 \begin_layout Subsection
16861 \begin_inset Index idx
16864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 \begin_layout Standard
16874 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16875 space between two words.
16876 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16886 for units use the menu
16888 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
16889 Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
16891 \begin_inset space ~
16899 arg "space-insert thin"
16905 \begin_layout Standard
16906 Here's an example to show the differences:
16909 \begin_layout Standard
16910 \begin_inset Tabular
16911 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16912 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
16913 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
16914 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16921 \begin_inset space ~
16925 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 space between number and unit
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16953 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16965 half space between number and unit
16978 \begin_layout Subsection
16980 \begin_inset Index idx
16983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16984 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16992 \begin_layout Standard
16993 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16995 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16996 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16997 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16998 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16999 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
17000 These bits of text became known as
17011 \begin_layout Standard
17012 Clearly, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17013 can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
17014 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
17015 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
17016 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
17017 built into \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17018 governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
17019 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
17020 This is the advantage \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17021 has in using \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17025 \begin_layout Standard
17026 There's no way we can go into how \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
17027 and \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17028 decide to break a page,
17029 or how you can tweak that behavior.
17030 Some \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17031 books listed in the bibliography [such as
17032 \begin_inset space ~
17036 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
17038 key "latexcompanion"
17043 \begin_inset space ~
17047 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
17053 ] may have more information.
17054 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
17057 \begin_layout Chapter
17058 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
17059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17061 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
17068 \begin_layout Standard
17069 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
17074 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
17077 \begin_layout Section
17079 \begin_inset Index idx
17082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17098 \begin_layout Standard
17099 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17100 offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
17103 \begin_layout Description
17104 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17105 \begin_inset space ~
17108 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
17109 \begin_inset Newline newline
17113 \begin_inset Note Note
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
17125 \begin_layout Description
17126 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17128 ent, when you export the document to \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17131 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
17132 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
17133 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17134 \begin_inset space ~
17140 \begin_inset Newline newline
17144 \begin_inset Note Comment
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17157 \begin_layout Description
17159 \begin_inset space ~
17162 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
17163 set in the document settings under
17165 Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator
17167 \begin_inset space ~
17173 \begin_inset Newline newline
17177 \begin_inset Newline newline
17181 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
17191 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
17196 of a comment that appears in the output.
17202 \begin_inset Newline newline
17206 \begin_inset Newline newline
17209 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17210 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17213 \begin_layout Standard
17214 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17222 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
17226 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17229 \begin_layout Section
17231 \begin_inset Index idx
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17243 name "sec:Footnotes"
17250 \begin_layout Standard
17251 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17252 uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17255 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
17258 or the toolbar button
17261 arg "footnote-insert"
17273 \begin_inset Graphics
17274 filename ../clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17283 This box is \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17284 's representation of your footnote.
17294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17313 label, the box will
17317 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17318 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17331 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17347 \begin_layout Standard
17348 Here is an example footnote:
17356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17357 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17365 \begin_layout Standard
17366 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17367 position where the footnote box is placed.
17368 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17369 The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17371 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17373 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17374 doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17375 schemes using special \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17381 ey are described in the
17388 \begin_layout Section
17390 \begin_inset Index idx
17393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17402 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17409 \begin_layout Standard
17410 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17412 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17414 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
17416 \begin_inset space ~
17421 or the toolbar button
17424 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17450 appearing within your text.
17451 This box is \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17452 's representation of your margin
17461 \begin_layout Standard
17462 At the side is an example marginal note.
17466 \begin_inset Marginal
17469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 This is a marginal note.
17478 \begin_layout Standard
17479 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17480 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17481 pages, right on odd pages.
17484 \begin_layout Standard
17485 For further information about marginal notes see section
17488 \begin_inset space ~
17496 \begin_inset space ~
17504 \begin_layout Section
17505 Graphics and Images
17506 \begin_inset Index idx
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17516 \begin_inset Index idx
17519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17528 name "sec:Graphics"
17535 \begin_layout Standard
17536 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17537 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17538 \begin_inset Graphics
17539 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
17545 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
17549 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17552 \begin_layout Standard
17553 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17558 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17559 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17561 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17562 \begin_inset space ~
17566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17568 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17575 \begin_layout Standard
17580 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17581 of the image in the output.
17582 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17586 \begin_inset space ~
17590 \begin_inset space ~
17599 \begin_inset space ~
17603 \begin_inset space ~
17607 \begin_inset space ~
17612 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17613 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17621 \begin_layout Standard
17624 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17625 and \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17628 tab \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17629 experts can specify additional \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
17631 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17636 \begin_inset space ~
17641 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17642 with the image size is printed.
17645 \begin_layout Standard
17646 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17647 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17649 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17651 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
17656 \begin_layout Standard
17658 \begin_inset Graphics
17659 filename ../clipart/mobius.eps
17661 rotateOrigin center
17668 \begin_layout Standard
17669 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17670 the image into a float, see section
17671 \begin_inset space ~
17675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17677 reference "subsec:Figure-Floats"
17684 \begin_layout Subsection
17686 \begin_inset Index idx
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17698 name "subsec:Image-Formats"
17705 \begin_layout Standard
17706 You can insert images in any known file format.
17707 But as we explained in section
17708 \begin_inset space ~
17712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17714 reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
17718 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17719 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
17720 uses therefore the program
17724 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17725 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17726 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17727 \begin_inset space ~
17731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17733 reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
17740 \begin_layout Standard
17741 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17744 \begin_layout Description
17746 \begin_inset space ~
17749 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17750 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17751 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17755 Graphics Interchange Format
17756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17759 (GIF, file extension
17760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17772 \begin_inset Index idx
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17807 Portable Network Graphics
17808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17811 (PNG, file extension
17812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17824 \begin_inset Index idx
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17859 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17863 (JPG, file extension
17864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17888 \begin_inset Index idx
17891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17922 \begin_layout Description
17924 \begin_inset space ~
17927 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17929 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17930 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17931 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17932 \begin_inset Newline newline
17935 Scalable image formats can be
17936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17939 Scalable Vector Graphics
17940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17943 (SVG, file extension
17944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17956 \begin_inset Index idx
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17991 Encapsulated PostScript
17992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17995 (EPS, file extension
17996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18008 \begin_inset Index idx
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18043 Portable Document Format
18044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18047 (PDF, file extension
18048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18060 \begin_inset Index idx
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
18071 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
18072 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
18077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
18086 \begin_layout Standard
18087 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
18091 \begin_layout Subsection
18092 Grouping of Image Settings
18093 \begin_inset Index idx
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 Images ! Settings grouping
18105 \begin_layout Standard
18106 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
18108 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
18109 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
18111 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
18112 need to manually change each of them.
18116 \begin_layout Standard
18117 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
18120 \begin_inset space ~
18125 field in the Graphics dialog.
18126 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
18127 by checking the name of the desired group.
18130 \begin_layout Section
18132 \begin_inset Index idx
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18151 \begin_layout Standard
18152 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
18153 \begin_inset Graphics
18154 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
18161 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18165 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
18166 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
18167 from the rest of the table.
18168 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
18169 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
18171 Here's an example table:
18173 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
18178 \begin_layout Standard
18180 \begin_inset Tabular
18181 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
18182 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
18183 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18184 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18185 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18186 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 \begin_layout Subsection
18390 \begin_layout Standard
18391 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18392 brings up the table dialog.
18393 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18394 where the cursor is placed currently.
18395 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18396 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18397 done on all of your selection.
18400 \begin_layout Standard
18401 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18404 \begin_inset space ~
18409 helps you in setting table properties.
18410 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18413 \begin_layout Standard
18417 \begin_inset space ~
18422 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18423 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18424 current cell respectively.
18425 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18427 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18428 of text, see section
18429 \begin_inset space ~
18433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18435 reference "subsec:Table-Cells"
18442 \begin_layout Standard
18443 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18444 using the check box
18453 This will merge the cells to
18457 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18458 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18459 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18460 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18461 in the last row without the upper border:
18463 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
18468 \begin_layout Standard
18470 \begin_inset Tabular
18471 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18472 <features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18473 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18474 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
18475 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18476 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18487 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 \begin_layout Standard
18608 Adept users can declare special \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
18609 -arguments for the table.
18610 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18611 explained in the tables section of the
18614 \begin_inset space ~
18620 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18624 degrees counterclockwise.
18625 These rotations are not visible in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
18629 \begin_layout Standard
18630 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 Most DVI-viewers are
18642 able to display rotations.
18650 \begin_layout Standard
18655 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18660 adds lines for all cell borders.
18663 \begin_layout Subsection
18665 \begin_inset Index idx
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 Tables ! Longtables
18675 \begin_inset Index idx
18678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 \begin_layout Standard
18688 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18691 \begin_inset space ~
18695 \begin_inset space ~
18704 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18705 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18708 \begin_layout Description
18713 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18714 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18715 except for the first page, if
18718 \begin_inset space ~
18726 \begin_layout Description
18730 \begin_inset space ~
18735 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18736 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18739 \begin_layout Description
18744 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18745 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18746 except for the last page, if
18749 \begin_inset space ~
18757 \begin_layout Description
18761 \begin_inset space ~
18766 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18767 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18770 \begin_layout Description
18771 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18772 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18774 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
18778 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18781 \begin_inset space ~
18789 \begin_layout Standard
18790 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18791 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18792 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18793 The others will then be defined as
18798 In this context, first means first in this order:
18801 \begin_inset space ~
18813 \begin_inset space ~
18819 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18821 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
18826 \begin_layout Standard
18828 \begin_inset Tabular
18829 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18830 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18831 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18832 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18833 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18834 <row endfirsthead="true">
18835 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18846 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18865 <row endfirsthead="true">
18866 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <row endhead="true">
18899 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18910 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <row endhead="true">
18930 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18941 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18950 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18962 <row endfoot="true">
18963 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18974 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18983 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19014 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19973 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19984 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20015 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20046 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20077 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20108 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20139 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20170 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20201 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20232 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20263 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20294 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20325 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20356 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20387 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20418 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20449 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20480 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20511 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20542 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20573 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20604 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20635 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20666 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20697 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20728 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20759 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20790 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20821 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20852 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20883 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20914 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20944 <row endlastfoot="true">
20945 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20956 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20965 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20982 \begin_layout Subsection
20984 \begin_inset Index idx
20987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20996 name "subsec:Table-Cells"
21003 \begin_layout Standard
21004 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
21005 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
21006 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
21007 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
21011 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
21012 for the cell's paragraph.
21015 \begin_layout Standard
21016 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
21017 for the column in the table dialog.
21018 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
21019 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
21021 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
21026 \begin_layout Standard
21028 \begin_inset Tabular
21029 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
21030 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
21031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21032 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
21033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21053 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21122 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21178 This is longer now.
21183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21234 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21235 This is longer now.
21240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21266 \begin_layout Standard
21267 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21268 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21273 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21274 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21280 Selection with the mouse or with
21284 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21285 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21286 the selection from outside the table.
21289 \begin_layout Section
21291 \begin_inset Index idx
21294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21301 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21310 \begin_layout Subsection
21314 \begin_layout Standard
21315 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21316 have a fixed location.
21318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21325 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21333 \begin_inset space ~
21338 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21339 too many notes on the page.
21342 \begin_layout Standard
21343 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21344 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21345 and pages without text.
21346 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21347 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21348 Floats are therefore numbered.
21349 Referencing is described in section
21350 \begin_inset space ~
21354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21356 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21363 \begin_layout Standard
21364 To insert a float, use the menu
21366 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
21370 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21371 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21373 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21374 \begin_inset Index idx
21377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21385 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21386 paragraph within the float.
21387 To keep your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
21388 -document readable, you can open and close the float box
21389 by left-clicking on the box label.
21390 A closed float box looks like this:
21391 \begin_inset Graphics
21392 filename ../clipart/floatQt4.png
21397 – a gray button with a red label.
21400 \begin_layout Standard
21401 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21402 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
21403 -errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21406 \begin_layout Subsection
21410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21414 name "subsec:Figure-Floats"
21419 \begin_inset Index idx
21422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21425 Floats ! Figure floats
21433 \begin_layout Standard
21435 \begin_inset space ~
21439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21441 reference "cap:Platypus"
21445 was created using the menu
21447 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
21448 Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
21451 or the toolbar button
21454 arg "float-insert figure"
21458 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21461 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
21464 or the toolbar button
21467 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21471 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21472 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21474 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
21476 \begin_inset space ~
21481 or the toolbar button
21484 arg "layout-paragraph"
21490 \begin_layout Standard
21491 \begin_inset Float figure
21496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21498 \begin_inset Graphics
21499 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
21508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21509 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21514 name "cap:Platypus"
21518 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21531 \begin_layout Standard
21532 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21534 As described in section
21535 \begin_inset space ~
21539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21541 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21545 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21547 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
21550 or the toolbar button
21556 and refer to it using the menu
21558 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
21561 or the toolbar button
21564 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21568 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21577 , because, as \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
21578 will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21590 \begin_layout Standard
21591 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21592 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21593 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21594 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21595 as described in section
21596 \begin_inset space ~
21600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21602 reference "subsec:List-of-Figures"
21608 \begin_inset space ~
21612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21614 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21618 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21619 You can also set the images one below the other.
21621 \begin_inset space ~
21625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21627 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21634 reference "fig:Platypus"
21638 are the subfigures.
21641 \begin_layout Standard
21642 \begin_inset Float figure
21647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21652 \begin_inset Float figure
21657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21658 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21665 name "fig:Undefinable"
21677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21678 \begin_inset Graphics
21679 filename ../clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21690 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21694 \begin_inset Float figure
21699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21700 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21707 name "fig:Platypus"
21719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21720 \begin_inset Graphics
21721 filename ../clipart/platypus.eps
21733 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21740 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21745 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21749 Two distorted images.
21762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21764 \begin_inset Index idx
21767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21770 Floats ! Table floats
21778 \begin_layout Standard
21779 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21781 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
21782 Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
21785 or the toolbar botton
21788 arg "float-insert table"
21792 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21795 \begin_inset space ~
21799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21801 reference "cap:Table-float"
21808 \begin_layout Standard
21809 \begin_inset Float table
21814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21815 \begin_inset Caption Standard
21817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21820 name "cap:Table-float"
21832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21834 \begin_inset Tabular
21835 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21836 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
21837 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21838 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21839 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21903 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21915 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21918 \end{array}\right]$
21926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21930 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21951 \begin_layout Subsection
21953 \begin_inset Index idx
21956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 \begin_layout Standard
21968 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
21969 offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21970 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21971 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21973 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21981 \begin_inset space ~
21989 \begin_layout Section
21991 \begin_inset Index idx
21994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22003 name "sec:Minipages"
22010 \begin_layout Standard
22011 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
22012 provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22014 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22015 \begin_inset space ~
22022 \begin_layout Standard
22023 Minipages in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
22024 have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22026 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
22030 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22031 and its alignment within the page.
22033 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
22038 \begin_layout Standard
22040 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22050 height_special "totalheight"
22055 backgroundcolor "none"
22058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22061 This is a minipage.
22062 The text is set in an italic style.
22065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22068 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22069 another formatting.
22077 \begin_layout Standard
22078 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22081 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22085 as described in section
22086 \begin_inset space ~
22090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22092 reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
22097 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22103 \begin_layout Standard
22104 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22114 height_special "totalheight"
22119 backgroundcolor "none"
22122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22123 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22124 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22130 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22134 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22144 height_special "totalheight"
22149 backgroundcolor "none"
22152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22153 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22154 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22162 \begin_layout Standard
22163 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22169 \begin_layout Standard
22170 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22171 to other box types.
22172 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22183 \begin_layout Chapter
22184 Mathematical Formulas
22185 \begin_inset Index idx
22188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22195 \begin_inset Index idx
22198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22229 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22236 \begin_layout Standard
22237 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22242 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22245 \begin_layout Section
22247 \begin_inset Index idx
22250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22259 \begin_layout Standard
22260 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22261 \begin_inset Graphics
22262 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
22267 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22269 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22270 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22271 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22273 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
22279 \begin_layout Standard
22280 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22284 \begin_inset space ~
22289 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22292 \begin_layout Standard
22293 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22294 line, like this one:
22297 \begin_layout Standard
22298 This is a line with an inline formula
22299 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22305 \begin_layout Standard
22306 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22308 \begin_inset Formula
22315 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22318 \begin_layout Standard
22319 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
22320 supports also many \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
22323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22327 \begin_inset space \space{}
22331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22344 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22345 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22349 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22352 \begin_inset space ~
22360 \begin_layout Subsection
22361 Navigating in Formulas
22362 \begin_inset Index idx
22365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22374 \begin_layout Standard
22375 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22376 achieved with the arrow keys.
22377 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
22378 uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22379 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22384 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22385 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22389 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22393 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22396 \end{array}\right]$
22404 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22409 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22410 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22413 \begin_layout Standard
22418 , printed in this document as
22419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22440 \begin_inset Note Note
22443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22444 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22445 space character (visible space).
22450 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22451 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22452 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22457 For example, if you want
22458 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22512 , since in the latter case only the
22515 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22520 will be under the square root sign:
22521 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22527 \begin_layout Standard
22528 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22530 \begin_inset Formula
22532 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22541 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22542 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22545 \begin_layout Subsection
22549 \begin_layout Standard
22550 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22551 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22555 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22556 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22557 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22558 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22559 but not in a normal text region in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
22563 \begin_layout Subsection
22564 Exponents and Subscripts
22565 \begin_inset Index idx
22568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22575 \begin_inset Index idx
22578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22587 \begin_layout Standard
22588 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22589 way is to use a command.
22591 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22594 , type in a formula
22600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22616 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22622 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22626 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22647 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22656 , you have to use an extra
22660 to separate the hat and the character.
22662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22666 \begin_inset space \space{}
22670 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22691 Subscripts are similar: To get
22692 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22715 \begin_layout Subsection
22717 \begin_inset Index idx
22720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22729 \begin_layout Standard
22730 Create a fraction with either the command
22737 \begin_inset Graphics
22738 filename ../../images/math/frac.png
22746 \begin_inset space ~
22752 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22753 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22754 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22759 To move back up, press
22764 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22765 \begin_inset Formula
22767 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22770 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22778 \begin_layout Subsection
22780 \begin_inset Index idx
22783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22792 \begin_layout Standard
22793 Roots can be created using the
22796 \begin_inset space ~
22802 \begin_inset Graphics
22803 filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
22826 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22832 produces always a square root.
22835 \begin_layout Subsection
22836 Operators with Limits
22837 \begin_inset Index idx
22840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22847 \begin_inset Index idx
22850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22859 name "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
22866 \begin_layout Standard
22868 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22872 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22875 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22876 These limits can be entered in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
22877 by entering them as you would enter
22878 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22879 The sum operator will automatically place its
22880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22887 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22890 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22894 \begin_inset Formula
22896 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22901 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22905 \begin_layout Standard
22906 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22908 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22909 behind the operator and hitting
22917 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
22918 Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
22920 \begin_inset space ~
22924 \begin_inset space ~
22932 \begin_layout Standard
22933 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22941 feature as addition, such as
22942 \begin_inset Index idx
22945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22952 \begin_inset Formula
22954 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22959 which will place the
22960 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22972 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22973 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22979 \begin_layout Standard
22980 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22987 Have a look at section
22988 \begin_inset space ~
22992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22994 reference "subsec:Functions"
22998 for an explanation of function macros.
23001 \begin_layout Subsection
23003 \begin_inset Index idx
23006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23015 \begin_layout Standard
23016 Most math symbols can be found in the
23019 \begin_inset space ~
23024 under one of several categories; including
23041 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23045 \begin_layout Standard
23046 If you know the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
23047 -command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23048 you don't have to use the
23051 \begin_inset space ~
23056 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23057 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
23058 will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23061 \begin_layout Subsection
23063 \begin_inset Index idx
23066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23075 \begin_layout Standard
23076 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23077 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
23082 arg "space-insert protected"
23088 \begin_inset space ~
23094 \begin_inset Graphics
23095 filename ../../images/math/space.png
23100 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23101 For example, the sequence
23106 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23109 appears in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
23111 \begin_inset Graphics
23112 filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23117 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23118 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23119 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23120 Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
23121 , because they are negative
23123 Here are two examples:
23126 \begin_layout Standard
23136 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23142 \begin_layout Standard
23152 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23158 \begin_layout Subsection
23160 \begin_inset Index idx
23163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23172 name "subsec:Functions"
23179 \begin_layout Standard
23183 \begin_inset space ~
23188 contains under the button
23189 \begin_inset Graphics
23190 filename ../../images/math/functions.png
23194 a number of function macros, such as
23195 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23199 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23207 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23214 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23215 avoid confusions, because
23216 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23220 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23226 \begin_layout Standard
23227 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23229 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23233 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23239 \begin_layout Standard
23240 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23241 s are placed, as described in section
23242 \begin_inset space ~
23246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23248 reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
23255 \begin_layout Subsection
23257 \begin_inset Index idx
23260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23269 \begin_layout Standard
23270 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23272 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23273 You can also use \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
23275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23279 \begin_inset space \space{}
23283 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23286 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23287 Our example is entered by typing
23295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23308 \begin_inset space ~
23312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23314 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23318 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23321 \begin_layout Standard
23322 \begin_inset Float table
23327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23328 \begin_inset Caption Standard
23330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23333 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23337 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23347 \begin_inset Tabular
23348 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23349 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
23350 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23351 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23352 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23436 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23490 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23544 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23706 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23760 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23814 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23868 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23913 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23934 \begin_layout Standard
23935 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23938 \begin_inset space ~
23944 \begin_inset Graphics
23945 filename ../../images/math/hat.png
23949 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23953 \begin_layout Section
23954 Brackets and Delimiters
23955 \begin_inset Index idx
23958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23965 \begin_inset Index idx
23968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23977 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23984 \begin_layout Standard
23985 There are several brackets available through \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
23987 For most purposes, using just the keys
23992 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23993 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23994 toolbar delimiter icon
23995 \begin_inset Graphics
23996 filename ../../images/math/delim.png
24001 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24003 \begin_inset Formula
24005 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24013 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24014 \begin_inset Formula
24016 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24024 \begin_layout Standard
24025 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24026 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24029 \begin_layout Standard
24030 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24031 left side and right side.
24032 If you use the option
24035 \begin_inset space ~
24040 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24041 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24042 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24043 It will appear in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
24044 with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24047 \begin_layout Standard
24048 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24049 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24050 inside the brackets.
24051 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24056 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24059 \begin_layout Section
24060 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24061 \begin_inset Index idx
24064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24071 \begin_inset Index idx
24074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24081 \begin_inset Index idx
24084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24085 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24093 \begin_layout Standard
24094 Matrices are entered in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
24098 \begin_inset space ~
24104 \begin_inset Graphics
24105 filename ../../images/math/matrix.png
24110 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24111 Here is an example:
24112 \begin_inset Formula
24114 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24123 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24124 \begin_inset space ~
24128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24130 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24135 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24136 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24137 This alignment is set in the box
24142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24178 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
24180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24191 for every column as default.
24192 For example, the sequence
24193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24204 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24205 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24206 corresponds to the relevant column.
24207 The result will look like this:
24208 \begin_inset Formula
24211 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24212 column & has & has\, right\\
24213 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24222 \begin_layout Standard
24223 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24226 arg "newline-insert newline"
24229 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24230 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24232 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
24235 or the math toolbar.
24238 \begin_layout Standard
24239 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24240 It can be created with the menu
24242 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
24243 Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
24245 \begin_inset space ~
24257 Here is an example:
24258 \begin_inset Formula
24272 \begin_layout Standard
24273 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24276 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24279 arg "newline-insert newline"
24283 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24288 arg "newline-insert newline"
24291 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24299 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24300 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24301 A new row is created by every further hit of
24304 arg "newline-insert newline"
24308 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24309 Here is an example:
24310 \begin_inset Formula
24312 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24313 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24318 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24319 where you want to start the shift and hit
24324 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24325 position to the next column.
24326 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24327 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24328 \begin_inset Formula
24330 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24338 \begin_layout Standard
24339 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24346 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24347 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24350 reference "eq:asquared"
24355 The other types are described in section
24356 \begin_inset space ~
24360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24362 reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
24369 \begin_layout Section
24370 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24371 \begin_inset Index idx
24374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24375 Math ! Formula numbering
24381 \begin_inset Index idx
24384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24385 Math ! Referencing formulas
24391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24393 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24400 \begin_layout Standard
24401 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24403 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
24404 Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
24406 \begin_inset space ~
24414 arg "math-number-toggle"
24418 The formula number appears in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
24420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24427 within parentheses.
24429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24436 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24438 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24439 the document class.
24440 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24441 separated by a dot:
24442 \begin_inset Formula
24452 arg "math-number-toggle"
24455 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24456 You can only number displayed formulas.
24459 \begin_layout Standard
24460 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24462 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
24463 Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
24465 \begin_inset space ~
24469 \begin_inset space ~
24473 \begin_inset space ~
24481 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24484 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24485 \begin_inset Formula
24488 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24494 To number all lines use the shortcut
24497 arg "math-number-toggle"
24503 \begin_layout Standard
24504 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24507 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24508 A label is inserted with the menu
24510 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
24513 when the cursor is in the formula.
24514 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24515 It is recommended to use the proposed
24516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24527 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24528 type when you have many labels in your document.
24529 We inserted in the following example the label
24530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24537 in the second line:
24538 \begin_inset Formula
24540 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24541 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24546 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24547 Therefore the label is shown in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
24548 at the place of the formula number
24550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24558 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24560 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
24562 \begin_inset space ~
24568 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24569 The reference appears in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
24570 as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24571 as the formula number:
24574 \begin_layout Standard
24575 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24578 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24585 \begin_layout Standard
24586 The properties of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
24587 's cross-reference box are described in section
24588 \begin_inset space ~
24592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24594 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24599 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24602 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
24605 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24610 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
24619 \begin_layout Section
24620 User defined math macros
24621 \begin_inset Index idx
24624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24633 \begin_layout Standard
24634 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
24635 allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24636 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24637 Math macros are explained in section
24640 \begin_inset space ~
24652 \begin_layout Section
24656 \begin_layout Subsection
24658 \begin_inset Index idx
24661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24670 \begin_layout Standard
24671 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24672 To set a font in a formula, use the
24675 \begin_inset space ~
24681 \begin_inset Graphics
24682 filename ../../images/math/font.png
24686 , or enter its command, listed in table
24687 \begin_inset space ~
24691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24693 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24700 \begin_layout Standard
24701 \begin_inset Float table
24706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24707 \begin_inset Caption Standard
24709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24712 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24716 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24726 \begin_inset Tabular
24727 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24728 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
24729 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24730 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24762 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24789 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24816 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24849 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24876 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24903 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24937 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24964 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24998 \begin_layout Standard
24999 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25007 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25023 \begin_layout Standard
25024 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25025 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25030 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25031 space when you need a space in the box.
25032 Here an example where
25033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25044 denotes the set of numbers:
25045 \begin_inset Formula
25047 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25055 \begin_layout Standard
25056 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25058 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25062 \begin_inset space \space{}
25074 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25078 \begin_inset Newline newline
25081 So it is better not to use this feature.
25084 \begin_layout Standard
25085 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25086 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25090 \begin_inset Newline newline
25093 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25099 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25100 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25106 \begin_layout Standard
25113 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25116 \begin_layout Standard
25117 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25119 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
25120 Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
25122 \begin_inset space ~
25130 \begin_layout Subsection
25132 \begin_inset Index idx
25135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25144 \begin_layout Standard
25145 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25147 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25151 \begin_inset space ~
25155 \begin_inset space ~
25163 \begin_inset space ~
25169 \begin_inset Graphics
25170 filename ../../images/math/font.png
25181 Math text appears in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
25182 in black instead of blue.
25183 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25184 Here is an example:
25185 \begin_inset Formula
25188 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
25189 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
25198 \begin_layout Subsection
25200 \begin_inset Index idx
25203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25212 \begin_layout Standard
25213 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25214 automatically chosen in most situations.
25232 For most characters,
25240 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25241 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25246 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25247 situations, all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
25248 thinks are appropriat
25250 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25251 \begin_inset Graphics
25252 filename ../../images/math/style.png
25257 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25258 For example, you can set
25259 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25262 , which is normally in
25271 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25275 The four styles are used in the following example:
25278 \begin_layout Standard
25279 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25283 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25287 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25291 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25297 \begin_layout Standard
25298 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25299 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25301 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
25303 \begin_inset space ~
25308 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25309 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25310 will be adjusted to correspond.
25311 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25326 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25332 \begin_layout Section
25336 \begin_layout Standard
25337 As of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
25338 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25339 the document classes and into layout modules.
25340 \begin_inset Index idx
25343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25349 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25350 other than the AMS classes.
25352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25354 reference "subsec:Modules"
25358 for more on layout modules.
25361 \begin_layout Section
25362 AMS-\SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
25363 \begin_inset Index idx
25366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25373 \begin_inset Index idx
25376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25385 \begin_layout Standard
25386 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
25387 supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25388 (AMS) that are in common use.
25391 \begin_layout Subsection
25392 Enabling AMS-Support
25395 \begin_layout Standard
25396 Selecting the checkbox
25399 \begin_inset space ~
25403 \begin_inset space ~
25407 \begin_inset space ~
25414 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
25418 \begin_inset Index idx
25421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25422 Document ! Settings
25430 \begin_inset space ~
25435 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25437 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
25439 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25442 \begin_layout Subsection
25444 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25446 name "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
25451 \begin_inset Index idx
25454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25455 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25463 \begin_layout Standard
25464 AMS-\SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
25465 provides a selection of different formula types.
25466 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
25467 allows you to choose between
25488 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25491 \begin_layout Chapter
25495 \begin_layout Section
25497 \begin_inset Index idx
25500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25509 name "sec:Cross-References"
25516 \begin_layout Standard
25517 One of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
25518 's strengths are cross-references.
25519 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25521 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25522 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25523 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25526 \begin_layout Enumerate
25530 \begin_layout Enumerate
25531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25533 name "enu:Second-item"
25540 \begin_layout Enumerate
25544 \begin_layout Standard
25545 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25547 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
25550 or by pressing the toolbar button
25551 \begin_inset Graphics
25552 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
25558 A grey label box like this:
25559 \begin_inset Graphics
25560 filename ../clipart/labelQt4.png
25565 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25566 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
25567 offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25602 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25607 \begin_inset space \space{}
25610 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25625 \begin_layout Standard
25626 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25628 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
25631 or the toolbar button
25632 \begin_inset Graphics
25633 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
25639 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25640 \begin_inset Graphics
25641 filename ../clipart/referenceQt4.png
25646 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25648 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25661 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25665 \begin_layout Standard
25668 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
25671 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25676 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25677 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25679 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
25685 \begin_layout Standard
25686 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25687 \begin_inset space ~
25691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25693 reference "enu:Second-item"
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 It is recommended to use a protected space
25705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25706 described in section
25707 \begin_inset space ~
25711 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25713 reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
25722 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25726 \begin_layout Standard
25727 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25730 \begin_layout Description
25731 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25734 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25741 \begin_layout Description
25742 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25743 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25755 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25762 \begin_layout Description
25763 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25764 \begin_inset space ~
25768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25769 LatexCommand pageref
25770 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25777 \begin_layout Description
25779 \begin_inset space ~
25783 \begin_inset space ~
25786 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25788 LatexCommand vpageref
25789 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25796 \begin_layout Description
25798 \begin_inset space ~
25802 \begin_inset space ~
25806 \begin_inset space ~
25809 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25812 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25819 \begin_layout Description
25821 \begin_inset space ~
25824 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25825 \begin_inset Newline newline
25829 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25837 This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
25847 \begin_inset Index idx
25850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25851 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
25852 -packages ! prettyref
25858 \begin_inset Index idx
25861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25862 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
25863 -packages ! refstyle
25874 \begin_inset Newline newline
25877 You can select which \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
25878 -package should be used for this feature by setting
25881 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25885 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
25886 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
25890 The format is specified by adding the command
25902 (refstyle) to the preamble of the document.
25903 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25916 ) can be done with this command
25917 \begin_inset Newline newline
25924 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25929 \begin_inset Newline newline
25932 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25934 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25936 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25943 \begin_layout Description
25945 \begin_inset space ~
25948 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25950 LatexCommand nameref
25951 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25958 \begin_layout Standard
25963 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25970 \begin_inset space \space{}
25974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25988 <reference> on page <page>
25990 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25994 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25995 is automatically calculated by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
25997 The varieties are adjusted in the field
26001 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
26005 \begin_layout Standard
26006 You can only use the style
26010 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
26014 is always possible.
26017 \begin_layout Standard
26018 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
26019 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
26021 Referencing formulas is explained in section
26022 \begin_inset space ~
26026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26028 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26035 \begin_layout Standard
26036 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26040 \begin_inset space ~
26044 \begin_inset space ~
26049 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26050 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26053 \begin_inset space ~
26058 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26059 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26060 \begin_inset Graphics
26061 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
26062 rotateOrigin center
26069 \begin_layout Standard
26070 You can change labels at any time.
26071 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26072 do not need to take care about this.
26075 \begin_layout Standard
26076 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26077 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26080 \begin_layout Standard
26081 References are described in detail in sec.
26082 \begin_inset space ~
26086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26100 \begin_layout Section
26101 Table of Contents and other Listings
26102 \begin_inset Index idx
26105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26112 \begin_inset Index idx
26115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26122 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26131 \begin_layout Subsection
26133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26135 name "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
26142 \begin_layout Standard
26143 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26145 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
26146 List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
26148 \begin_inset space ~
26152 \begin_inset space ~
26158 Is is displayed in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
26160 If you click on it, the
26164 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26165 sections in your documents.
26166 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26168 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
26171 that is described in sec.
26172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26178 reference "sec:Navigating"
26185 \begin_layout Standard
26186 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26187 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26189 \begin_inset space ~
26193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26195 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26199 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26201 \begin_inset space ~
26205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26207 reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
26211 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26213 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26216 \begin_layout Subsection
26217 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26220 name "subsec:List-of-Figures"
26227 \begin_layout Standard
26228 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26229 You can insert them via the
26231 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
26233 \begin_inset space ~
26237 \begin_inset space ~
26243 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26246 \begin_layout Section
26247 URLs and Hyperlinks
26248 \begin_inset Index idx
26251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26258 \begin_inset Index idx
26261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26270 \begin_layout Subsection
26272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26281 \begin_layout Standard
26282 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26284 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26291 Here is an example URL: \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
26293 \begin_inset Flex URL
26296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26306 \begin_layout Standard
26307 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26313 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26317 \begin_layout Standard
26318 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26326 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
26335 \begin_layout Subsection
26337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26339 name "subsec:Hyperlinks"
26346 \begin_layout Standard
26347 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26349 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
26352 or with the toolbar button
26353 \begin_inset Graphics
26354 filename ../../images/href-insert.png
26359 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26368 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26369 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26370 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26372 name "LyX's homepage"
26373 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26377 , an Email address like this:
26378 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26380 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26381 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26386 , or a link to a file.
26389 \begin_layout Standard
26390 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26403 to the link target.
26406 \begin_layout Standard
26407 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26408 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26409 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26410 the text style dialog.
26411 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26415 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26417 name "LyX's homepage"
26418 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26425 \begin_layout Standard
26426 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26430 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26432 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
26433 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
26437 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26439 \begin_inset Newline newline
26447 \begin_inset Newline newline
26454 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26457 \begin_layout Section
26459 \begin_inset Index idx
26462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26471 name "sec:Appendices"
26478 \begin_layout Standard
26479 Appendices are created with the menu
26481 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
26483 \begin_inset space ~
26487 \begin_inset space ~
26493 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26494 as the appendix region.
26495 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26498 \begin_layout Standard
26499 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26500 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26501 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26502 and the subsection number.
26503 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26507 \begin_layout Standard
26509 \begin_inset space ~
26513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26515 reference "cha:Credits"
26520 \begin_inset space ~
26524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26526 reference "subsec:Export"
26533 \begin_layout Section
26535 \begin_inset Index idx
26538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26547 name "sec:Bibliography"
26554 \begin_layout Standard
26555 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
26557 You can include a bibliography database,
26561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26562 Known under the name
26563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26566 Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
26568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26576 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26577 manually, using the paragraph environment
26581 , which was described in section
26582 \begin_inset space ~
26586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26588 reference "subsec:Biblio_environment"
26593 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26594 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26598 use a bibliography database.
26601 \begin_layout Subsection
26602 The Bibliography Environment
26605 \begin_layout Standard
26610 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26612 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26621 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26623 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
26625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26632 , a short form of its title, as key.
26635 \begin_layout Standard
26636 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26638 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
26641 or the toolbar button
26642 \begin_inset Graphics
26643 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
26648 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26649 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26650 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26651 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26655 \begin_layout Standard
26656 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26657 entry with surrounding brackets.
26662 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26663 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26675 \begin_layout Standard
26678 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
26679 Companion Second Edition
26682 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26684 key "latexcompanion"
26691 \begin_layout Standard
26692 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
26693 -Team members are listed in the Credits:
26694 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26703 \begin_layout Subsection
26704 Bibliography databases (Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
26706 \begin_inset Index idx
26709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26710 Bibliography ! Databases
26716 \begin_inset Index idx
26719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26720 Bibliography ! Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
26726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26728 name "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26736 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26742 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26744 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26745 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26750 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26752 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26753 your working field in a database.
26754 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26755 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26757 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26761 \begin_layout Standard
26762 The database is a text file with the file extension
26763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26774 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26775 The format is explained in
26776 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26782 and in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
26784 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26786 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26791 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26792 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26793 A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
26795 \begin_inset Flex URL
26798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26800 http://wiki.lyx.org/Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
26809 \begin_layout Standard
26810 To use a database, use the menu
26812 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
26817 TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
26822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26830 \begin_inset space ~
26836 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26837 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26840 Add bibliography to TOC
26842 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26847 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26848 in the document or just the cited references.
26851 \begin_layout Standard
26852 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26864 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26865 Your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
26866 distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26867 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26869 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26875 For information how this is done, have a look at
26876 \begin_inset Newline newline
26880 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26882 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26894 \begin_layout Standard
26895 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26898 \begin_layout Standard
26899 To generate the bibliography from a database, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
26900 uses the program Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
26904 You can choose which of its variants should be used by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
26906 either in the document settings under
26910 or in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
26911 's preferences under
26913 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
26918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26928 The following variants are possible:
26931 \begin_layout Description
26934 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26935 other bibliography packages (like e.
26936 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26940 \begin_inset space ~
26947 ), only with the package
26951 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26955 \begin_layout Description
26958 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26959 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26960 with all bibliography packages, except of
26965 \begin_layout Description
26968 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26973 , works with all.bibliography packages
26976 \begin_layout Standard
26979 Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
26980 can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26984 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26987 Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
26990 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26999 \begin_layout Standard
27000 When you select the option
27002 Sectioned bibliography
27006 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27009 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
27010 This and other options are explained in detail in section
27012 Customizing Bibliographies
27016 with Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
27020 Additional Features
27025 \begin_layout Standard
27026 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
27027 the two methods of creating them.
27028 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
27029 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
27030 We used the style file
27034 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
27037 \begin_layout Subsection
27038 Bibliography layout
27039 \begin_inset Index idx
27042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27043 Bibliography ! Layout
27051 \begin_layout Standard
27052 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
27053 For this feature you need to enable the option
27059 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
27063 \begin_inset Index idx
27066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27067 Document ! Settings
27077 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
27078 For the global citation format use the Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
27079 style files as explained
27080 in the previous section.
27083 \begin_layout Standard
27084 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
27085 in the citation reference window.
27086 Here an example where we set the text
27087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27091 \begin_inset space ~
27095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27098 to appear after the reference:
27101 \begin_layout Standard
27103 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27106 key "latexcompanion"
27113 \begin_layout Section
27115 \begin_inset Index idx
27118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27134 \begin_layout Standard
27135 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27137 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
27139 \begin_inset space ~
27144 or the toolbar button
27145 \begin_inset Graphics
27146 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
27152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27163 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27164 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27165 by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
27166 as the index entry.
27169 \begin_layout Standard
27170 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27171 For a detailed description of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
27172 's index mechanism, have a look at one
27173 of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
27175 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27177 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27184 \begin_layout Standard
27185 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27187 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
27189 \begin_inset space ~
27193 \begin_inset space ~
27196 TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
27198 \begin_inset space ~
27204 A light blue box labeled
27205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27216 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27217 The index list box is not clickable like other \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
27221 \begin_layout Subsection
27222 Grouping Index Entries
27223 \begin_inset Index idx
27226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27235 \begin_layout Standard
27236 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27238 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27239 lists under the entry
27240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27248 First we create the entry
27249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27257 \begin_inset space ~
27261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27263 reference "subsec:Lists"
27268 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27269 \begin_inset space ~
27273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27275 reference "sec:Itemize"
27279 , we insert the command
27282 \begin_layout Standard
27288 \begin_layout Standard
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27299 for the enumerated list in section
27300 \begin_inset space ~
27304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27306 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27314 The exclamation mark
27315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27322 marks the grouping levels.
27323 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27324 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27325 If we don't have an index entry for
27326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27333 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27336 \begin_layout Subsection
27338 \begin_inset Index idx
27341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27342 Index ! Page ranges
27350 \begin_layout Standard
27351 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27353 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27359 \begin_inset space \space{}
27362 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27364 \begin_inset space ~
27368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27370 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27377 \begin_layout Standard
27380 Paragraph environments|(
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27384 and another entry at the end of section
27385 \begin_inset space ~
27389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27391 reference "subsec:LyX-Code"
27398 \begin_layout Standard
27401 Paragraph environments|)
27404 \begin_layout Standard
27406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27429 respectively start and end the index range.
27430 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27431 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27432 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27433 An example is the index entry
27434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27437 Document ! Settings
27438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27444 \begin_layout Subsection
27446 \begin_inset Index idx
27449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27450 Index ! Cross referencing
27458 \begin_layout Standard
27459 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27460 We referred for example in the index entry
27461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27469 \begin_inset space ~
27473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27475 reference "subsec:Image-Formats"
27479 ) to the index entry
27480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27487 in the same section using the entry
27490 \begin_layout Standard
27493 GIF|see{Image formats}
27496 \begin_layout Standard
27497 where the braces have to be inserted as \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
27499 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27500 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27503 \begin_layout Subsection
27505 \begin_inset Index idx
27508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27509 Index ! Entry order
27517 \begin_layout Standard
27518 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27519 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27520 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
27524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27525 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27527 \begin_inset space ~
27531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27533 reference "subsec:Index-Program"
27542 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27543 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27568 \begin_inset Index idx
27571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27572 Dummy entries ! maïs
27578 \begin_inset Index idx
27581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27582 Dummy entries ! maître
27588 \begin_inset Index idx
27591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27592 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27597 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27598 order maïs, maison, maître.
27599 To achieve this, we use the command
27602 \begin_layout Standard
27605 previous entry@current entry
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27609 In our case we want to have
27610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27625 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27628 \begin_layout Standard
27634 \begin_layout Standard
27635 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27636 another word to tell \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
27637 the entry order, see the next subsection for
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27642 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27649 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27654 to generate the index (see sec.
27655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27661 reference "subsec:Index-Program"
27670 would for example print the index entry for the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
27671 -package aeguill in
27673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27679 reference "subsec:Document-Font"
27683 after the index entries of the other \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
27684 -packages although all these
27685 index commands start with
27686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27691 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
27695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27699 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27704 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27707 \begin_layout Standard
27719 \begin_layout Standard
27731 \begin_layout Subsection
27733 \begin_inset Index idx
27736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27737 Index ! Entry layout
27745 \begin_layout Standard
27746 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27747 \begin_inset Index idx
27750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27753 This is an italic dummy entry
27758 You can also format the page number using the character
27759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27766 followed by a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
27767 -command without a backslash.
27768 We can write for example
27771 \begin_layout Standard
27774 italic page number:|textit
27777 \begin_layout Standard
27778 to get the page number in italic.
27779 \begin_inset Index idx
27782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27783 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27788 Normally all \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
27789 -commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27807 \begin_inset space ~
27813 Have a look at section
27814 \begin_inset space ~
27818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27820 reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
27824 to learn more about the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
27828 \begin_layout Standard
27829 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27837 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27841 to generate the index, see sec.
27842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27848 reference "subsec:Index-Program"
27857 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27858 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27859 they can be used, see
27860 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27863 key "latexcompanion"
27875 \begin_layout Standard
27876 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27878 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27879 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27880 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27881 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27882 If so, put the following in the preamble
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27897 \begin_layout Standard
27901 \begin_layout Standard
27907 \begin_layout Standard
27908 in the index entry.
27909 \begin_inset Index idx
27912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27913 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27918 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27919 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27920 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27923 \begin_layout Standard
27924 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27926 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27930 \begin_inset space \space{}
27933 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27934 for all index entries.
27935 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27947 documentation for details,
27948 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27950 key "makeindex,xindy"
27957 \begin_layout Subsection
27959 \begin_inset Index idx
27962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27971 name "subsec:Index-Program"
27978 \begin_layout Standard
27979 If the index entry program
27983 is installed, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
27984 uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27988 , that is part of every \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
27989 distribution, is used.
27993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27998 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27999 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
28000 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
28001 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
28002 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
28012 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
28014 dialog, see section
28015 \begin_inset space ~
28019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28021 reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
28026 The available options are listed and explained in
28027 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28029 key "makeindex,xindy"
28034 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
28038 \begin_layout Standard
28039 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
28040 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar breakableslash
28043 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
28044 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
28048 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
28049 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
28052 \begin_layout Subsection
28056 \begin_layout Standard
28057 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
28058 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
28059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28066 next to the standard index.
28067 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28068 does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
28069 packages that add this feature.
28070 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
28076 \begin_inset Index idx
28079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28080 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28081 -packages ! splitidx
28086 package to generate multiple indexes.
28087 The package is included in all recent \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28089 If yours does not ship it, consult the \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
28091 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28098 Note that the package does not only consist of a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28100 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
28101 Please consult the package's manual for details.
28104 \begin_layout Standard
28105 To set up \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
28106 for the use of multiple indexes, go to
28108 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
28109 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
28113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28116 Use multiple Indexes
28117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28121 Note that the list of
28122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28129 below already contains the standard index.
28130 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28131 also appear as a heading) to the
28132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28139 input field and press the
28140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28148 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28149 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28150 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28154 Alter Color\SpecialChar ldots
28156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28160 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28161 indexes in the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
28165 \begin_layout Standard
28166 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28169 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
28171 \begin_inset space ~
28175 \begin_inset space ~
28184 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28185 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28186 are some additional features:
28189 \begin_layout Itemize
28190 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28191 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28194 \begin_layout Itemize
28195 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28196 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28205 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28210 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28211 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28212 to the non-subindexes.
28215 \begin_layout Section
28216 Nomenclature / Glossary
28217 \begin_inset Index idx
28220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28227 \begin_inset Index idx
28230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28261 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28269 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28270 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28275 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28281 \begin_inset Index idx
28284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28285 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28286 -packages ! nomencl
28292 You find it in the \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
28294 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28300 or in the package manager of your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28304 \begin_layout Standard
28305 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28306 and then use the menu
28308 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
28314 \begin_inset space ~
28319 or the toolbar button
28320 \begin_inset Graphics
28321 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
28327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28338 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28341 \begin_layout Standard
28342 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28343 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28344 The second is the description of the symbol.
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28348 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28356 You have to enter valid \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28357 -code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28365 \begin_layout Subsection
28366 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28367 \begin_inset Index idx
28370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28371 Nomenclature ! Layout
28379 \begin_layout Standard
28380 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28384 field as \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28391 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28399 \begin_inset Newline newline
28407 \begin_inset Newline newline
28413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28420 character starts/ends the formula.
28421 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28422 -command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28434 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28444 \begin_layout Standard
28445 (A short introduction to the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28446 -syntax is given in section
28447 \begin_inset space ~
28451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28453 reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
28460 \begin_layout Standard
28464 \begin_inset space ~
28469 dialog to format the description text but have to use \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28471 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28476 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28483 in this document is:
28484 \begin_inset Newline newline
28489 dummy entry for the character
28494 \begin_inset Newline newline
28506 \begin_inset space ~
28516 font use the command
28545 \begin_layout Subsection
28546 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28547 \begin_inset Index idx
28550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28551 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28559 \begin_layout Standard
28560 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28562 the symbol definition.
28563 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28564 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28567 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28568 LatexCommand nomenclature
28570 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28577 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28581 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28582 LatexCommand nomenclature
28585 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28590 They will be sorted by
28591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28617 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28620 will be sorted before the
28624 since the character
28625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28632 is considered in sorting.
28635 \begin_layout Standard
28636 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28639 \begin_inset space ~
28644 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28645 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28647 For the example given, you can insert
28651 in this field for the
28652 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28659 will be located before
28660 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28666 \begin_layout Standard
28667 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28672 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28681 \begin_layout Subsection
28682 Nomenclature Options
28683 \begin_inset Index idx
28686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28687 Nomenclature ! Options
28695 \begin_layout Standard
28700 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28701 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28704 \begin_layout Description
28705 refeq Appends the phrase
28706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28721 to every nomenclature entry, where
28727 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28730 \begin_layout Description
28731 refpage Appends the phrase
28732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28747 to every nomenclature entry, where
28753 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28756 \begin_layout Description
28757 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28760 \begin_layout Standard
28761 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28762 class options list in the
28764 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
28768 In this document the options
28775 \begin_layout Standard
28776 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28782 \begin_layout Standard
28783 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28784 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28789 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28792 \begin_layout Description
28802 \begin_layout Description
28805 nomrefpage Like the
28812 \begin_layout Description
28815 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28824 \begin_layout Description
28828 \begin_inset space ~
28834 \begin_inset space ~
28839 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28842 \begin_layout Standard
28844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28851 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28852 If not, add these lines to your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
28856 \begin_layout Standard
28864 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28867 \begin_inset Newline newline
28874 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28879 \begin_inset Newline newline
28883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28898 by their translation.
28901 \begin_layout Subsection
28902 Printing the Nomenclature
28903 \begin_inset Index idx
28906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28907 Nomenclature ! Printing
28915 \begin_layout Standard
28916 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28918 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
28920 \begin_inset space ~
28924 \begin_inset space ~
28927 TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
28932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28943 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28946 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28947 You can choose between these settings:
28950 \begin_layout Description
28953 Default a space of 1
28954 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28960 \begin_layout Description
28964 \begin_inset space ~
28968 \begin_inset space ~
28971 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28974 \begin_layout Description
28977 Custom custom space
28980 \begin_layout Standard
28981 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28990 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28998 For example, in order to change the name to
29002 , add the following line to the preamble:
29005 \begin_layout Standard
29013 nomname}{List of Symbols}
29016 \begin_layout Subsection
29017 Nomenclature Program
29018 \begin_inset Index idx
29021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29022 Nomenclature ! Program
29028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29030 name "subsec:Nomenclature-Program"
29037 \begin_layout Standard
29038 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
29043 , that is part of every \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29044 distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
29045 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
29046 's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
29051 by adding options, see section
29052 \begin_inset space ~
29056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29058 reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
29063 The available options are listed and explained in
29064 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29066 key "nomencl,makeindex"
29073 \begin_layout Section
29075 \begin_inset Index idx
29078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29085 \begin_inset Index idx
29088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29089 Document ! Branches
29095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29097 name "sec:Branches"
29104 \begin_layout Standard
29105 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
29106 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
29107 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
29108 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29112 For these cases \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
29113 allows you to put text into branches.
29114 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
29115 To create a branch, either select the menu
29117 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
29118 Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator
29121 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
29123 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
29130 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29131 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29132 its background color inside \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
29133 and whether the name of the branch should
29134 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29135 (see below for an example).
29136 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29137 to the name of the other) and to add
29138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29150 \begin_inset space ~
29153 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29154 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29157 \begin_layout Standard
29158 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29159 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29161 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
29164 where you can choose a branch.
29165 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29169 \begin_layout Standard
29170 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29171 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29174 \begin_layout Standard
29175 \begin_inset Branch Question
29178 \begin_layout Standard
29179 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29187 \begin_layout Standard
29188 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29191 \begin_layout Standard
29192 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29200 \begin_layout Standard
29207 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
29208 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
29211 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29212 Consider for example a file
29213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29220 which has the above branches.
29222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29229 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29253 branch were inactive,
29254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29269 branch was active, likewise
29270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29285 branch was active, and
29286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29289 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29293 if both branches were active.
29294 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29298 \begin_layout Standard
29299 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29305 \begin_layout Standard
29306 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29307 like inside equations, you can code special \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29308 definitions for each
29310 For example you can define for the question branch
29314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29315 For an introduction to the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29316 -syntax, see section
29317 \begin_inset space ~
29321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29323 reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
29335 \begin_layout Standard
29345 \begin_layout Standard
29355 \begin_layout Standard
29356 and for the answer branch
29359 \begin_layout Standard
29369 \begin_layout Standard
29379 \begin_layout Standard
29380 \begin_inset Branch Question
29383 \begin_layout Standard
29387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29415 \begin_layout Standard
29416 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29419 \begin_layout Standard
29423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29451 \begin_layout Standard
29452 Now it is possible to use the commands
29456 question{\SpecialChar ldots
29463 answer{\SpecialChar ldots
29466 to obtain conditional output.
29467 Here is an example formula where only the
29474 \begin_inset Formula
29476 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29484 \begin_layout Standard
29485 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29493 \begin_layout Section
29495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29497 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29502 \begin_inset Index idx
29505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29514 \begin_layout Standard
29519 dialog allows you in the
29523 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29524 All options there are provided by the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29530 \begin_inset Index idx
29533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29534 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29535 -packages ! hyperref
29543 \begin_layout Standard
29548 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29549 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29550 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29552 You can specify in the dialog tab
29556 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29558 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29559 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29563 \begin_layout Standard
29568 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29569 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29570 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29572 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29573 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29575 \begin_inset space ~
29578 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29579 \begin_inset space ~
29582 1 will only display the sections.
29585 \begin_layout Standard
29586 The header information in the dialog tab
29590 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29591 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29596 \begin_inset space \space{}
29599 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29600 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29603 Automatic fill header
29605 is set, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
29606 tries to extract the header information from your document
29607 title and author settings.
29610 \begin_layout Standard
29613 Load in fullscreen mode
29615 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29619 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29620 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29626 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29627 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29636 \begin_layout Section
29637 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
29638 Code and the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29642 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29649 \begin_layout Subsection
29650 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
29652 \begin_inset Index idx
29655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29656 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
29663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29665 name "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29672 \begin_layout Standard
29673 As \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
29674 uses \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29675 in the background, it supports many \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29677 constructs, but not all.
29678 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29679 contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29680 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29681 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29682 is for every problem a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29684 But \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
29685 can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29689 \begin_layout Standard
29690 But don't worry, you can use any \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29691 -command directly in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
29693 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
29695 A \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
29696 Code box is created by the menu
29698 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
29699 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
29700 \begin_inset space ~
29705 or by the toolbar button
29706 \begin_inset Graphics
29707 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
29712 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29716 \begin_layout Standard
29717 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
29719 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
29721 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29722 using the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29729 , you can write the command part
29735 in a \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
29736 Code box before the word and the closing brace
29740 in a second \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
29741 Code box behind the word.
29742 The word between the two \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
29743 Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29744 the following example:
29747 \begin_layout Standard
29748 \begin_inset Graphics
29749 filename ../clipart/ERT.png
29757 \begin_layout Standard
29761 \begin_layout Standard
29762 This is a line with a
29766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29789 \begin_layout Standard
29790 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29798 At the end of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29799 -commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29800 to let \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29801 know that the command is finished.
29809 \begin_layout Subsection
29810 Short Introduction to the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29812 \begin_inset Argument 1
29815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29816 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29823 \begin_inset Index idx
29826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29827 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29836 name "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
29843 \begin_layout Standard
29844 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29845 about the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29846 -commands that \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
29847 uses in the background.
29848 Because \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29849 is based on commands, you can
29850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29858 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29859 any time if you know the right commands.
29861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29865 \begin_inset space \space{}
29868 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29870 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29871 all caption labels bold.
29872 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29874 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29878 \begin_layout Standard
29879 Now \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29881 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29883 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29886 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29895 \begin_layout Standard
29896 As result you know that the package
29901 \begin_inset Index idx
29904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29905 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29906 -packages ! caption
29912 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29914 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
29920 \begin_layout Standard
29925 usepackage[options]{package name}
29928 \begin_layout Standard
29929 All \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
29930 commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29931 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29932 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29935 \begin_layout Standard
29936 In your case the package name is
29941 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29946 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29947 So you add the command
29950 \begin_layout Standard
29955 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29958 \begin_layout Standard
29959 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29964 For more commands provided by the
29968 package, have a look at its documentation,
29969 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29983 \begin_layout Standard
29984 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29986 For example if you use a
29990 class, you don't need the package
29994 , you can instead write
29997 \begin_layout Standard
30002 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
30007 \begin_layout Standard
30008 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
30009 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
30010 documentation of the document class you want to use.
30017 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
30020 \begin_layout Standard
30021 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
30022 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
30024 To insert a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
30025 -command in text, use the \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
30026 Code box as described in
30027 the previous section.
30030 \begin_layout Standard
30031 If you want to learn more about \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
30032 and its syntax, have a look at the
30033 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
30035 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30037 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
30044 \begin_layout Standard
30045 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
30051 \begin_layout Standard
30055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 \begin_inset Note Note
30068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30069 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
30077 \begin_layout Left Header
30078 \begin_inset Argument 1
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30101 \begin_inset Note Note
30104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30105 defines the header line as described below
30113 \begin_layout Center Header
30114 \begin_inset Argument 1
30117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30126 \begin_layout Right Header
30127 \begin_inset Argument 1
30130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30151 \begin_layout Left Footer
30152 \begin_inset Argument 1
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30176 \begin_layout Center Footer
30177 \begin_inset Argument 1
30180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30185 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
30192 \begin_inset Newline newline
30196 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30202 \begin_layout Right Footer
30203 \begin_inset Argument 1
30206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30228 \begin_layout Section
30229 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30230 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30232 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
30237 \begin_inset Index idx
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 Document ! Header/Footer line
30249 \begin_inset Index idx
30252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30263 \begin_layout Standard
30264 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30265 to set the headings style to
30271 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
30277 \begin_inset space ~
30283 As second step add in the menu
30285 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
30286 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
30290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30293 Custom Header/Footerlines
30294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30298 This module offers the 6
30299 \begin_inset space ~
30305 \begin_layout Description
30307 \begin_inset space ~
30311 \begin_inset space ~
30315 \begin_inset space ~
30319 \begin_inset space ~
30323 \begin_inset space ~
30329 \begin_layout Description
30331 \begin_inset space ~
30335 \begin_inset space ~
30339 \begin_inset space ~
30343 \begin_inset space ~
30347 \begin_inset space ~
30353 \begin_layout Standard
30354 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30357 \begin_layout Standard
30358 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30359 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
30361 \begin_inset space ~
30365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30367 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30371 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30374 \begin_layout Standard
30375 \begin_inset Float figure
30381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30384 \begin_inset Tabular
30385 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30386 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
30387 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30389 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30391 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30409 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30420 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30438 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30449 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30453 The normal text on the page goes here.
30454 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
30456 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30457 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30462 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30471 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30482 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30500 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30511 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30529 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30547 \begin_inset Caption Standard
30549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30552 name "fig:Page-layout"
30556 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30569 \begin_layout Subsection
30573 \begin_layout Standard
30574 To define your header line, add all 3
30575 \begin_inset space ~
30579 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30580 the optional arguments on even pages.
30581 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30583 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30584 Defining the footer line works similar.
30587 \begin_layout Standard
30588 For the definition, you will need some \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
30589 -commands that are inserted
30590 as \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
30593 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
30598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30606 \begin_inset space ~
30614 \begin_layout Description
30617 thepage prints the current page number
30620 \begin_layout Description
30623 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30626 \begin_layout Description
30629 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30632 \begin_layout Description
30635 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30636 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30643 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30646 because it usually goes in a left header.
30649 \begin_layout Description
30652 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30653 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30655 It is normally used in the right header.
30658 \begin_layout Subsection
30659 Default header/footer
30662 \begin_layout Standard
30663 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30664 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30665 footer has the page number.
30666 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30667 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30668 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30671 \begin_inset space ~
30679 \begin_layout Subsection
30683 \begin_layout Standard
30684 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30685 Some pages are different.
30686 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30687 a new part or chapter in your book.
30688 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30689 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30690 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30693 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30694 Header and footer decoration line
30697 \begin_layout Standard
30698 By default, you get a 0.4
30699 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30702 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30703 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30715 in the following scheme:
30718 \begin_layout Standard
30725 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30728 \begin_layout Standard
30729 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30738 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30745 \begin_layout Standard
30746 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
30748 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30749 \begin_inset space ~
30753 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30763 Several header/footer lines
30766 \begin_layout Standard
30767 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30768 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30769 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30771 To expand the height, redefine the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
30784 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30787 \begin_layout Standard
30794 headheight}{height}
30797 \begin_layout Standard
30798 Where height is a size in standard units.
30799 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30800 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30801 Then open the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
30802 logfile via the menu
30804 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
30809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30816 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
30819 and look via the button
30822 \begin_inset space ~
30827 if you find a warning of the package
30832 \begin_inset Index idx
30835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30838 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
30839 -packages ! fancyhdr
30845 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30846 for your header/footer.
30849 \begin_layout Subsection
30853 \begin_layout Standard
30854 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30855 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30856 This example consists of the following definition:
30859 \begin_layout Description
30861 \begin_inset space ~
30870 , empty optional argument
30873 \begin_layout Description
30875 \begin_inset space ~
30878 Header empty, empty optional argument
30881 \begin_layout Description
30883 \begin_inset space ~
30892 in the optional argument
30895 \begin_layout Description
30897 \begin_inset space ~
30906 in the optional argument
30909 \begin_layout Description
30911 \begin_inset space ~
30918 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
30924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30928 \begin_inset Newline newline
30932 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30939 in the optional argument
30942 \begin_layout Description
30944 \begin_inset space ~
30953 , empty optional argument
30956 \begin_layout Description
30959 headrulewidth set to 2
30960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30966 \begin_layout Standard
30967 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30969 For more special things like e.
30970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30974 \begin_inset space ~
30977 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30982 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30991 \begin_layout Standard
30992 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30998 \begin_layout Standard
31002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31006 pagestyle{headings}
31012 \begin_inset Note Note
31015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 switches back to page style with the default headings
31026 \begin_layout Section
31027 Previewing Snippets of your Document
31028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31030 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31035 \begin_inset Index idx
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31045 \begin_inset Index idx
31048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31057 \begin_layout Standard
31058 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31059 allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
31060 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
31061 to break your train of thought with
31063 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
31069 \begin_layout Standard
31070 If you would for example like to see in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31071 your math formulas typeset by
31072 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
31073 , install the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
31079 \begin_inset Index idx
31082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31083 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
31084 -packages ! preview-latex
31089 as explained below, and turn on
31092 \begin_inset space ~
31099 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
31103 \begin_inset space ~
31107 \begin_inset space ~
31110 feel\SpecialChar menuseparator
31115 \begin_inset space ~
31120 is the multiplication factor for the size.
31123 \begin_layout Standard
31124 Previews are generated when you load a document into \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31125 and when you finish
31127 Previews of an already loaded document are
31131 generated just by selecting the
31134 \begin_inset space ~
31139 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
31142 \begin_layout Standard
31143 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31144 will generate previews of math insets.
31145 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
31148 \begin_inset space ~
31153 check box in the insert dialog.
31154 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
31159 \begin_layout Standard
31160 To get previews working, you need the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
31165 (on some systems named simply
31170 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
31173 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31179 or in the package manager of your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
31181 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
31189 package; for \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31190 on Windows this program is automatically installed together
31191 with \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31195 \begin_layout Standard
31196 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31202 \begin_layout Standard
31203 You can furthermore preview the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
31204 source of the whole document or parts
31208 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
31210 \begin_inset space ~
31215 and a window will be shown where you can see the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
31217 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31219 You can also select document parts in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31220 's main window, then only this
31221 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31222 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31223 the source view window.
31226 \begin_layout Section
31227 Advanced Find and Replace
31228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31230 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31235 \begin_inset Index idx
31238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31245 \begin_inset Index idx
31248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31257 \begin_layout Subsection
31261 \begin_layout Standard
31262 The advanced find and replace feature of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31263 allows for searching of complex,
31264 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31266 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31267 The key-features are:
31270 \begin_layout Itemize
31271 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31272 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31273 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31277 \begin_layout Itemize
31278 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31279 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31280 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31281 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31284 \begin_layout Itemize
31285 Search may be widened to a specific
31290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31294 \begin_inset space ~
31297 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31298 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31305 \begin_layout Itemize
31306 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31307 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31308 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31312 \begin_inset space ~
31315 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31318 \begin_layout Subsection
31322 \begin_layout Standard
31323 The advanced find and replace feature of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31324 is activated through the menu
31327 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
31340 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31343 ) or the toolbar button
31346 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31352 Advanced Find and Replace
31357 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31361 \begin_layout Standard
31366 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31367 mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31372 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31377 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31378 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31379 Pressing repeatedly
31383 keeps searching forward.
31384 Similarly, pressing
31388 searches for the entered text backwards.
31391 \begin_layout Standard
31392 While searching, the
31396 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31406 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31409 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31410 Searching for mathematics
31413 \begin_layout Standard
31414 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31418 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31419 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31422 or also something more complex like
31423 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31427 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31428 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31429 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31430 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31440 \begin_layout Standard
31441 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31442 This is done by switching to the
31446 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31451 This way, entering in the
31458 \begin_layout Itemize
31459 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31460 in emphasized or boldface.
31463 \begin_layout Itemize
31464 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31465 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31466 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31467 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31470 \begin_layout Itemize
31471 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31472 of if only within section headings.
31473 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31474 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31478 \begin_layout Itemize
31479 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31480 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31487 \begin_layout Standard
31488 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31492 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31500 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31504 button or alternatively
31526 \begin_layout Standard
31527 You can replace full-featured formatted \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31528 segments in place of the matching
31529 text segments in your document.
31530 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31534 \begin_layout Itemize
31535 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31536 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31544 with its typewriter version
31547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31557 \begin_layout Itemize
31558 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31564 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31576 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31583 (you may want to enable the
31591 options and disable the
31599 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31607 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31608 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31612 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31615 , or occurrences of
31616 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31620 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31626 \begin_layout Subsection
31630 \begin_layout Standard
31631 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31636 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31638 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31640 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31649 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31655 This is done via the menu
31657 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
31658 Insert Regular Expression
31660 while the cursor is in the
31665 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31666 expression matching rules
31670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31671 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31677 \begin_inset space ~
31680 when matching \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
31681 code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31682 to match expressions.
31687 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31688 same text in the document.
31689 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31690 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31693 \begin_layout Enumerate
31694 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31699 editor the fraction
31700 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31704 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31707 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31708 fractions with the given denominator.
31711 \begin_layout Enumerate
31712 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31724 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31729 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31730 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31732 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31735 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31736 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31739 \begin_layout Standard
31740 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31741 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31742 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31745 , and referring back to them through
31746 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31750 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31754 For example, try searching for the regexp
31755 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31758 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31761 \begin_layout Standard
31762 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31763 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31764 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31769 \begin_inset space ~
31773 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31776 always refers to the first occurrence of
31777 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31780 in all entered regexps.
31783 \begin_layout Standard
31784 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31788 \begin_layout Section
31790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31792 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31797 \begin_inset Index idx
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31809 \begin_layout Standard
31810 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31811 has a built-in spell checker.
31814 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
31821 or the toolbar button
31824 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31827 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31828 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31829 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31830 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31831 scrolled so that it is visible.
31832 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31833 n, if any could be found.
31834 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31838 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31839 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31842 \begin_layout Standard
31843 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31846 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
31850 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31851 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31852 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31853 can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31854 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31855 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31856 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31857 automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31860 \begin_layout Subsection
31864 \begin_layout Standard
31865 In \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31866 's preferences dialog under
31869 \begin_inset space ~
31872 Setting\SpecialChar menuseparator
31875 you can set the following things:
31878 \begin_layout Description
31880 \begin_inset space ~
31883 engine Select the library \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31884 should use for spell checking.
31885 Depending on your platform,
31899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31900 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31901 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31916 \begin_layout Description
31918 \begin_inset space ~
31921 language If this field is not empty, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
31922 will always use the given language
31923 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31926 \begin_layout Description
31928 \begin_inset space ~
31931 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31937 \begin_inset space \space{}
31941 This should normally not be needed.
31944 \begin_layout Description
31946 \begin_inset space ~
31950 \begin_inset space ~
31953 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31965 \begin_layout Description
31967 \begin_inset space ~
31970 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31971 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31972 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31973 in the context menu.
31974 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31978 \begin_layout Description
31980 \begin_inset space ~
31984 \begin_inset space ~
31988 \begin_inset space ~
31991 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31995 \begin_layout Section
31997 \begin_inset Index idx
32000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32009 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32016 \begin_layout Standard
32017 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32018 provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32019 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
32028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32029 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32031 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32040 thesaurus library, which is included in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32042 Therefore, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32043 can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32044 are available for many languages.
32047 \begin_layout Standard
32048 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32049 the use with \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32053 \begin_layout Subsection
32054 Setting up the thesaurus
32057 \begin_layout Standard
32065 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32070 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32075 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32081 en_EN for English).
32082 For instance, the English files are named:
32085 \begin_layout Itemize
32089 \begin_layout Itemize
32093 \begin_layout Standard
32094 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32095 already on your system.
32096 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32097 \begin_inset Flex URL
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32102 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32108 \begin_inset Flex URL
32111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32113 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32123 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32124 \begin_inset space ~
32128 \begin_inset Flex URL
32131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32133 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32138 are usually packed in extension archives (
32142 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32144 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32145 unpack a zip archive.
32158 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32159 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32161 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
32162 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
32166 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32169 \begin_layout Subsection
32170 Using the thesaurus
32173 \begin_layout Standard
32174 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32176 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
32179 or the toolbar button
32180 \begin_inset Graphics
32181 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
32182 rotateOrigin center
32186 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32188 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32190 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32191 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32192 and hyponyms (such as
32200 ), compounds (such as
32204 ) and antonyms (such as
32212 ), which are marked as such.
32215 \begin_layout Standard
32216 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32217 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32221 \begin_layout Standard
32222 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32223 the dictionary, such as the above
32227 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32232 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32233 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32234 For example looking up the word forms
32242 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32247 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32260 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32261 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32262 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32265 \begin_layout Subsection
32266 License of the Thesaurus library
32269 \begin_layout Standard
32274 library, which is used by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32275 for the thesaurus, was created by
32280 as a standalone program.
32281 Version 1.1 of the library is included in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32283 The library was released under the
32285 Berkeley Database License
32287 , which is compatible with \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32288 's license, the GPL.
32289 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
32290 MyThes license file is included in the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32291 sources in the folder
32293 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
32296 In \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32297 Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
32301 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
32304 \begin_layout Section
32306 \begin_inset Index idx
32309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32316 \begin_inset Index idx
32319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32320 Document ! Change Tracking
32326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32328 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32335 \begin_layout Standard
32336 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32337 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32338 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32339 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32341 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32343 \begin_inset space ~
32346 Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
32348 \begin_inset space ~
32356 \begin_layout Standard
32357 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32371 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32372 You can change the color in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32373 's preferences dialog under
32376 \begin_inset space ~
32380 \begin_inset space ~
32390 \begin_inset Index idx
32393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 Color ! Change tracking
32399 The author and the date of the change are shown in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32401 the cursor is in changed text.
32402 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32403 \begin_inset Graphics
32404 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
32405 rotateOrigin center
32412 \begin_layout Standard
32413 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32415 \begin_inset Index idx
32418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32427 \begin_layout Standard
32428 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32434 \begin_layout Standard
32435 \begin_inset Graphics
32436 filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32443 \begin_layout Standard
32444 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32450 \begin_layout Standard
32451 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32455 \begin_layout Standard
32456 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32462 \begin_layout Standard
32463 \begin_inset Tabular
32464 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32465 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32466 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
32467 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
32468 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32473 \begin_inset Graphics
32474 filename ../../images/changes-track.png
32475 rotateOrigin center
32484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32490 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32492 \begin_inset space ~
32495 Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
32497 \begin_inset space ~
32506 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 \begin_inset Graphics
32512 filename ../../images/changes-output.png
32513 rotateOrigin center
32522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32530 \begin_inset space ~
32533 Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
32535 \begin_inset space ~
32539 \begin_inset space ~
32543 \begin_inset space ~
32552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32557 \begin_inset Graphics
32558 filename ../../images/change-next.png
32559 rotateOrigin center
32568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32572 Jumps to the next change
32578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 \begin_inset Graphics
32584 filename ../../images/change-accept.png
32585 rotateOrigin center
32594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32600 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32602 \begin_inset space ~
32605 Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
32607 \begin_inset space ~
32616 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32621 \begin_inset Graphics
32622 filename ../../images/change-reject.png
32623 rotateOrigin center
32632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32638 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32640 \begin_inset space ~
32643 Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
32645 \begin_inset space ~
32654 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32659 \begin_inset Graphics
32660 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
32661 rotateOrigin center
32670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32676 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32678 \begin_inset space ~
32681 Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
32683 \begin_inset space ~
32692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 \begin_inset Graphics
32698 filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png
32699 rotateOrigin center
32708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32714 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32716 \begin_inset space ~
32719 Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
32721 \begin_inset space ~
32725 \begin_inset space ~
32734 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32739 \begin_inset Graphics
32740 filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png
32741 rotateOrigin center
32750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32756 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
32758 \begin_inset space ~
32761 Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
32763 \begin_inset space ~
32767 \begin_inset space ~
32776 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 \begin_inset Graphics
32782 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
32783 rotateOrigin center
32792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32798 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
32799 Note\SpecialChar menuseparator
32800 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32801 \begin_inset space ~
32810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32815 \begin_inset Graphics
32816 filename ../../images/note-next.png
32817 rotateOrigin center
32826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32832 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
32834 \begin_inset space ~
32850 \begin_layout Standard
32851 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32857 \begin_layout Standard
32858 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32859 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32860 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32861 the next change after the current cursor position.
32862 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32863 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32864 step to the next change.
32865 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32868 \begin_layout Standard
32869 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32870 to describe a change.
32873 \begin_layout Standard
32874 To show made changes in the output you need the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
32880 \begin_inset Index idx
32883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
32885 -packages ! dvipost
32891 You will find it in the \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
32893 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32899 or in the package manager of your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
32903 \begin_layout Section
32904 Comparison of Documents
32905 \begin_inset Index idx
32908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 Comparison of documents
32919 \begin_layout Standard
32920 You can compare two different \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32923 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
32927 The comparison result is a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32928 file with change tracking enabled showing
32930 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32933 \begin_inset space ~
32937 \begin_inset space ~
32941 \begin_inset space ~
32946 from which document \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
32947 should take the document settings for the resulting
32952 \begin_inset space ~
32956 \begin_inset space ~
32960 \begin_inset space ~
32964 \begin_inset space ~
32968 \begin_inset space ~
32972 \begin_inset space ~
32977 enables the change tracking option
32980 \begin_inset space ~
32984 \begin_inset space ~
32988 \begin_inset space ~
32993 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32996 \begin_layout Section
32997 International Support
32998 \begin_inset Index idx
33001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33002 International support
33010 \begin_layout Standard
33011 This section describes how to use \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
33012 with any language you want.
33013 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
33014 how to set up \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
33016 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33018 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
33025 \begin_layout Standard
33026 Besides languages, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
33027 also supports phonetic symbols, see section
33028 \begin_inset space ~
33032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33034 reference "subsec:Special-Character"
33041 \begin_layout Subsection
33043 \begin_inset Index idx
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33053 \begin_inset Index idx
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33057 Document ! Settings
33063 \begin_inset Index idx
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 Document ! Language
33075 \begin_layout Standard
33078 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
33081 dialog lets you set
33083 the language and character encoding for your language.
33087 \begin_layout Standard
33088 Choose your language in the
33092 section of this dialog.
33100 \begin_layout Standard
33105 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
33111 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33112 For details about the different encoding options see section
33113 \begin_inset space ~
33117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33119 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33126 \begin_layout Subsection
33127 Keyboard mapping configuration
33128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33130 name "subsec:Keyboard-mapping"
33137 \begin_layout Standard
33138 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
33139 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
33140 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
33141 you can configure \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
33142 to use an Italian keymap.
33143 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33145 \begin_inset space ~
33149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33151 reference "subsec:Keyboard-Map"
33156 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33157 which one you want to use.
33160 \begin_layout Standard
33161 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33162 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33163 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33164 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33165 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33166 one to support the characters you want.
33167 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33174 \begin_layout Subsection
33178 \begin_layout Standard
33180 \begin_inset space ~
33184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33186 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33195 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33199 \begin_layout Standard
33200 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33201 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
33209 \begin_layout Itemize
33210 Even if you have selected
33216 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
33219 dialog, users who have only the
33223 -fonts for \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
33228 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33229 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33230 french quotes won't show up.
33233 \begin_layout Standard
33234 \begin_inset Float table
33239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33240 \begin_inset Caption Standard
33242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33245 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 \begin_inset Tabular
33264 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33265 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
33266 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33267 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33268 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33269 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33270 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33271 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33272 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33273 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33274 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33275 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33276 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33280 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33281 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33282 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37695 \begin_layout Standard
37696 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
37699 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37700 also the characters from
37712 \begin_layout Itemize
37719 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
37725 \begin_layout Standard
37726 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37727 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37733 \begin_layout Standard
37734 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37735 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37741 \begin_layout Standard
37742 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37743 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37749 \begin_layout Standard
37750 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37751 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37757 \begin_layout Standard
37759 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37765 \begin_layout Standard
37767 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37773 \begin_layout Standard
37775 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37782 \begin_layout Itemize
37793 \begin_inset Separator parbreak
37799 \begin_layout Standard
37801 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37807 \begin_layout Standard
37809 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37815 \begin_layout Standard
37817 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37823 \begin_layout Standard
37825 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37831 \begin_layout Standard
37833 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37839 \begin_layout Standard
37841 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37848 \begin_layout Standard
37849 All the characters above are actively supported by \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
37851 In addition \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
37852 allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37853 Also make sure you're using the
37860 \begin_layout Chapter
37863 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37865 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37872 \begin_layout Standard
37873 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37874 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37875 topic inside the user's guide.
37878 \begin_layout Section
37880 \begin_inset Index idx
37883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37892 \begin_layout Standard
37897 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37900 \begin_layout Subsection
37904 \begin_layout Standard
37905 Creates a new document.
37908 \begin_layout Subsection
37912 \begin_layout Standard
37913 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37914 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37915 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37918 \begin_layout Subsection
37922 \begin_layout Standard
37926 \begin_layout Subsection
37930 \begin_layout Standard
37931 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37932 Click there on a file to open it.
37935 \begin_layout Subsection
37939 \begin_layout Standard
37940 Closes the current document.
37943 \begin_layout Subsection
37947 \begin_layout Standard
37948 Closes all opened documents.
37951 \begin_layout Subsection
37955 \begin_layout Standard
37956 Saves the actual document.
37959 \begin_layout Subsection
37963 \begin_layout Standard
37964 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37967 \begin_layout Subsection
37971 \begin_layout Standard
37972 Saves all opened documents.
37975 \begin_layout Subsection
37979 \begin_layout Standard
37980 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37983 \begin_layout Subsection
37987 \begin_layout Standard
37988 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37989 It is described in the section
37991 Version Control in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
37995 Additional Features
38000 \begin_layout Subsection
38004 \begin_layout Standard
38005 You can import there files from older \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38006 -versions, HTML-files, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
38008 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
38009 (CSV) as a new \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38011 The files will be imported as new \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38015 \begin_layout Standard
38016 When using the menu entry
38019 \begin_inset space ~
38024 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
38028 \begin_inset space ~
38032 \begin_inset space ~
38037 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
38038 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
38041 \begin_layout Subsection
38043 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38045 name "subsec:Export"
38052 \begin_layout Standard
38053 You can export your document to various file formats.
38054 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38056 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38057 They depend on the programs found by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38058 while its configuration.
38061 \begin_layout Standard
38062 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38064 \begin_inset space ~
38068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38070 reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
38077 \begin_layout Description
38079 \begin_inset space ~
38086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38093 yX format of the special \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38094 \begin_inset space ~
38097 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38098 \begin_inset Newline newline
38101 Since \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38102 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38106 \begin_layout Description
38107 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38113 \begin_layout Description
38115 \begin_inset space ~
38118 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38124 \begin_layout Description
38125 DraftDVI \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
38126 's native DVI-format.
38127 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38128 files paths or file names in your document.
38129 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38130 use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38137 \begin_layout Description
38138 DVI DVI-format that also allows to use special characters or spaces in files
38139 paths or file names
38142 \begin_layout Description
38144 \begin_inset space ~
38151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38158 eX) DVI-format using the program
38160 Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
38162 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
38166 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38174 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38182 \begin_layout Description
38184 \begin_inset space ~
38187 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38191 that is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38196 \begin_layout Description
38197 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38201 \begin_layout Description
38203 \begin_inset space ~
38207 \begin_inset space ~
38210 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38214 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38222 \begin_layout Description
38227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 \begin_inset space ~
38242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38249 eX) text file with the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
38250 source that it is compilable with the program
38253 Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
38256 \begin_layout Description
38261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38269 \begin_inset space ~
38272 (pdflatex) text file with the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
38273 source, additionally all images used
38274 in the document will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38278 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38281 \begin_layout Description
38286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38294 \begin_inset space ~
38297 (plain) text file with the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
38298 source code, additionally all images used
38299 in the document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is
38307 \begin_layout Description
38312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38320 \begin_inset space ~
38327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38334 eX) text file with the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
38335 source that it is compilable with the program
38338 Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
38341 \begin_layout Description
38343 \begin_inset space ~
38347 \begin_inset space ~
38354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38361 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
38362 ) text file with the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
38363 source and also code in the syntax of the
38364 music notation software
38369 \begin_layout Description
38374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38382 \begin_inset space ~
38386 \begin_inset space ~
38389 (zip) creates a zip-archive file that contains your document and all files
38390 that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
38395 \begin_layout Description
38400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38408 \begin_inset space ~
38411 z.y.x \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38412 -Document in a format readable by the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38429 represent the version number)
38432 \begin_layout Description
38437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38444 yXHTML HTML-format using \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38445 's internal XHTML engine
38448 \begin_layout Description
38449 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38454 \begin_layout Description
38455 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38468 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38472 \begin_layout Description
38474 \begin_inset space ~
38477 (dvipdfm) PDF-format using the program
38481 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38484 \begin_layout Description
38486 \begin_inset space ~
38493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38500 eX) PDF-format using the program
38502 Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
38504 , produces PDF-files directly
38507 \begin_layout Description
38509 \begin_inset space ~
38512 (pdflatex) PDF-format using the program
38516 , produces PDF-files directly
38519 \begin_layout Description
38521 \begin_inset space ~
38524 (ps2pdf) PDF-format using the program
38528 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38531 \begin_layout Description
38533 \begin_inset space ~
38540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38547 eX) PDF-format using the program
38549 Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
38551 , produces PDF-files directly
38554 \begin_layout Description
38556 \begin_inset space ~
38562 \begin_layout Description
38564 \begin_inset space ~
38568 \begin_inset space ~
38571 (ps2ascii) text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript
38572 format and then exported as text using the program
38577 \begin_layout Description
38578 Postscript PostScript format using the program
38583 \begin_layout Description
38584 Sweave text file with the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
38585 source and also code in the statistical
38586 programming language
38599 it is possible to use
38603 -commands in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
38606 \begin_layout Standard
38607 If one of the menu entries
38614 \begin_inset space ~
38623 is missing, you need to update your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
38625 After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38627 \begin_inset space ~
38631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38633 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38638 \begin_inset Index idx
38641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38642 Reconfiguration of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38650 \begin_layout Subsection
38654 \begin_layout Standard
38655 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38656 format or send it to a printer.
38657 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38658 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38665 For more information have a look at section
38666 \begin_inset space ~
38670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38672 reference "subsec:Printing-the-File"
38679 \begin_layout Subsection
38683 \begin_layout Standard
38684 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
38685 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38687 prefix, see section
38688 \begin_inset space ~
38692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38694 reference "sec:Paths"
38699 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38708 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38709 The format can be changed in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38710 's preferences as described in section
38711 \begin_inset space ~
38715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38717 reference "subsec:Converters"
38724 \begin_layout Subsection
38725 New and Close Window
38728 \begin_layout Standard
38729 Opens or closes a new instance of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38733 \begin_layout Subsection
38737 \begin_layout Standard
38738 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38741 \begin_layout Section
38743 \begin_inset Index idx
38746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38755 \begin_layout Subsection
38759 \begin_layout Standard
38760 Described in section
38761 \begin_inset space ~
38765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38767 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38774 \begin_layout Subsection
38775 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38778 \begin_layout Standard
38779 Described in section
38780 \begin_inset space ~
38784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38786 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38793 \begin_layout Subsection
38797 \begin_layout Standard
38798 Selects the whole document.
38801 \begin_layout Subsection
38802 Find & Replace (Quick)
38805 \begin_layout Standard
38806 Described in section
38807 \begin_inset space ~
38811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38813 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38820 \begin_layout Subsection
38821 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38824 \begin_layout Standard
38825 Described in section
38826 \begin_inset space ~
38830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38832 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38839 \begin_layout Subsection
38840 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38843 \begin_layout Standard
38844 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38848 \begin_layout Subsection
38852 \begin_layout Standard
38853 Described in section
38854 \begin_inset space ~
38858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38860 reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38867 \begin_layout Subsection
38869 \begin_inset Index idx
38872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38873 Paragraph ! Settings
38881 \begin_layout Standard
38882 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38883 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38886 \begin_layout Standard
38887 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38888 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38890 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
38896 \begin_inset space ~
38904 \begin_layout Subsection
38905 Table Settings and Math
38908 \begin_layout Standard
38909 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38911 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38912 The properties of tables are described in section
38913 \begin_inset space ~
38917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38919 reference "sec:Tables"
38923 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38924 \begin_inset space ~
38928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38930 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38937 \begin_layout Subsection
38938 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38941 \begin_layout Standard
38942 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38943 that can be nested.
38944 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38945 \begin_inset space ~
38949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38951 reference "sec:Nesting"
38956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38958 reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
38965 \begin_layout Section
38967 \begin_inset Index idx
38970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38979 \begin_layout Standard
38984 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38985 document with an external program.
38986 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38987 — it depends on the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
38988 programs that are found while \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
38990 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38991 \begin_inset space ~
38995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38997 reference "subsec:Export"
39002 You should at least see the menu entries
39009 \begin_inset space ~
39015 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
39017 After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
39019 \begin_inset space ~
39023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39025 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39030 \begin_inset Index idx
39033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39034 Reconfiguration of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
39042 \begin_layout Standard
39043 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39044 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39045 \begin_inset space ~
39049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39051 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39056 The default viewers are set by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
39057 when it is first configured.
39060 \begin_layout Standard
39061 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
39064 At the bottom of the
39068 menu the opened documents are listed.
39071 \begin_layout Subsection
39072 Open/Close all Insets
39075 \begin_layout Standard
39076 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
39079 \begin_layout Subsection
39080 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
39083 \begin_layout Standard
39084 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
39087 \begin_layout Standard
39088 Math macros are described in the
39095 \begin_layout Subsection
39099 \begin_layout Standard
39100 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39102 \begin_inset space ~
39106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39108 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39115 \begin_layout Subsection
39119 \begin_layout Standard
39120 Opens a window showing console messages.
39121 This is useful for debugging \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
39123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39126 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39127 while \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
39128 is processing the document,
39131 \begin_layout Subsection
39135 \begin_layout Standard
39136 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
39137 format either in the preferences (see sec.
39138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39144 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39148 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39155 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39159 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39160 The default output format is
39163 \begin_inset space ~
39171 \begin_layout Subsection
39172 View (Other Formats)
39175 \begin_layout Standard
39176 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39179 \begin_layout Subsection
39183 \begin_layout Standard
39184 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39185 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
39186 opening a new viewer window.
39189 \begin_layout Subsection
39190 Update (Other Formats)
39193 \begin_layout Standard
39194 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
39195 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39198 \begin_layout Subsection
39199 View Master Document
39202 \begin_layout Standard
39203 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39219 \begin_inset space ~
39224 manual for more information on this topic).
39225 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39226 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39231 generates the output of the whole book, while
39235 will just output the chapter alone.
39238 \begin_layout Standard
39239 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39240 in the preferences (see sec.
39241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39247 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39251 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39258 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39265 \begin_layout Subsection
39266 Update Master Document
39269 \begin_layout Standard
39270 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39286 \begin_inset space ~
39291 manual for more information on this topic).
39292 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39293 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39296 \begin_layout Standard
39297 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39298 in the preferences (see sec.
39299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39305 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39309 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39310 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39316 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39323 \begin_layout Subsection
39327 \begin_layout Standard
39328 This will split \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
39329 's main window vertically or horizontally.
39330 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
39331 view the same document, but at different positions.
39332 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39333 or more documents at the same time.
39334 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39341 \begin_layout Subsection
39345 \begin_layout Standard
39346 Closes a split view.
39349 \begin_layout Subsection
39353 \begin_layout Standard
39354 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39355 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39356 It furthermore displays \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
39357 's main window fullscreen.
39358 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39359 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39362 \begin_layout Subsection
39364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39366 name "subsec:Toolbars"
39371 \begin_inset Index idx
39374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39383 \begin_layout Standard
39384 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39385 All toolbars and the
39388 \begin_inset space ~
39393 can be turned on and off.
39398 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39410 \begin_inset space ~
39419 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39423 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39430 \begin_layout Standard
39435 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39439 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39440 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39441 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
39442 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
39443 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39446 \begin_layout Standard
39447 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
39448 's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39449 \begin_inset space ~
39453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39455 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39462 \begin_layout Section
39464 \begin_inset Index idx
39467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39476 \begin_layout Subsection
39480 \begin_layout Standard
39481 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39482 \begin_inset space ~
39486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39488 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39499 \begin_layout Subsection
39501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39503 name "subsec:Special-Character"
39510 \begin_layout Standard
39511 Here you can insert the following characters:
39514 \begin_layout Description
39515 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
39517 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39518 characters depend on the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
39519 -packages you have installed.
39520 \begin_inset Newline newline
39524 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39532 Not all characters will be visible in the
39536 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39544 reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
39548 ) can display every character.
39556 \begin_layout Description
39557 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar ldots
39561 \begin_layout Description
39563 \begin_inset space ~
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39570 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39571 \begin_inset space ~
39575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39577 reference "subsec:Abbreviations"
39584 \begin_layout Description
39586 \begin_inset space ~
39589 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39592 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
39602 \begin_layout Description
39604 \begin_inset space ~
39607 Quote Inserts this quote:
39608 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39614 \begin_layout Description
39616 \begin_inset space ~
39619 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar nobreakdash
39623 \begin_layout Description
39625 \begin_inset space ~
39628 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar breakableslash
39632 \begin_layout Description
39634 \begin_inset space ~
39637 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar menuseparator
39641 \begin_layout Description
39643 \begin_inset space ~
39647 \begin_inset Index idx
39650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39657 \begin_inset Index idx
39660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39661 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39666 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39667 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39668 For this feature you must have the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
39674 \begin_inset Index idx
39677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39678 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
39685 \begin_inset Newline newline
39688 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
39692 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39700 and this Wiki-page:
39701 \begin_inset Newline newline
39705 \begin_inset Flex URL
39708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39710 http://wiki.lyx.org/\SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
39711 /Linguist\SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
39719 \begin_layout Subsection
39723 \begin_layout Standard
39724 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39727 \begin_layout Description
39728 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39729 \begin_inset script superscript
39731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39740 \begin_layout Description
39741 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39742 \begin_inset script subscript
39744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39753 \begin_layout Description
39755 \begin_inset space ~
39758 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39759 \begin_inset space ~
39763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39765 reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
39772 \begin_layout Description
39774 \begin_inset space ~
39777 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39778 \begin_inset space ~
39782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39784 reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
39791 \begin_layout Description
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39796 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39803 reference "subsec:Thin-Space"
39810 \begin_layout Description
39812 \begin_inset space ~
39815 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39822 reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
39829 \begin_layout Description
39831 \begin_inset space ~
39834 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39835 \begin_inset space ~
39839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39841 reference "subsec:Horizontal-Lines"
39848 \begin_layout Description
39850 \begin_inset space ~
39853 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39860 reference "subsec:Vertical-Space"
39867 \begin_layout Description
39868 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39869 \begin_inset space ~
39873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39875 reference "subsec:Phantom-Space"
39882 \begin_layout Description
39884 \begin_inset space ~
39887 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39888 \begin_inset space ~
39892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39894 reference "subsec:Hyphenation"
39901 \begin_layout Description
39903 \begin_inset space ~
39906 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39907 \begin_inset space ~
39911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39913 reference "subsec:Ligatures"
39920 \begin_layout Description
39922 \begin_inset space ~
39926 \begin_inset space ~
39929 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39930 \begin_inset space ~
39934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39936 reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39943 \begin_layout Description
39945 \begin_inset space ~
39948 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39949 text line to the page border, see section
39950 \begin_inset space ~
39954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39956 reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39963 \begin_layout Description
39965 \begin_inset space ~
39968 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39969 \begin_inset space ~
39973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39975 reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39982 \begin_layout Description
39984 \begin_inset space ~
39987 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39988 text page to the page border, described in section
39989 \begin_inset space ~
39993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39995 reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
40002 \begin_layout Description
40004 \begin_inset space ~
40007 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
40008 \begin_inset space ~
40012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40014 reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40021 \begin_layout Description
40023 \begin_inset space ~
40027 \begin_inset space ~
40030 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40031 \begin_inset space ~
40035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40037 reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40044 \begin_layout Subsection
40048 \begin_layout Standard
40049 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40050 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40052 \begin_inset space ~
40056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40058 reference "sec:toc"
40063 The index list is described in section
40064 \begin_inset space ~
40068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40070 reference "sec:Index"
40074 , the nomenclature in section
40075 \begin_inset space ~
40079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40081 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40085 and the Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
40086 bibliography in section
40087 \begin_inset space ~
40091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40093 reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
40100 \begin_layout Subsection
40104 \begin_layout Standard
40105 To insert floats, described in section
40106 \begin_inset space ~
40110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40112 reference "sec:Floats"
40119 \begin_layout Subsection
40123 \begin_layout Standard
40124 To insert notes, described in section
40125 \begin_inset space ~
40129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40131 reference "sec:Notes"
40138 \begin_layout Subsection
40142 \begin_layout Standard
40143 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40144 \begin_inset space ~
40148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40150 reference "sec:Branches"
40157 \begin_layout Subsection
40161 \begin_layout Standard
40162 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40163 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40165 An example is the document class
40166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40173 with three custom insets.
40176 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40182 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40185 \begin_layout Subsection
40187 \begin_inset Index idx
40190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40199 \begin_layout Standard
40200 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
40201 files in your document.
40202 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40209 \begin_inset space ~
40217 \begin_layout Subsection
40219 \begin_inset Index idx
40222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40231 \begin_layout Standard
40232 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40233 \begin_inset space ~
40237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40239 reference "sec:Minipages"
40244 All box types supported by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
40245 are explained in detail in the chapter
40252 \begin_inset space ~
40260 \begin_layout Subsection
40264 \begin_layout Standard
40265 Inserts a citation as described in section
40266 \begin_inset space ~
40270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40272 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40279 \begin_layout Subsection
40283 \begin_layout Standard
40284 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40285 \begin_inset space ~
40289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40291 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40298 \begin_layout Subsection
40302 \begin_layout Standard
40303 Inserts a label as described in section
40304 \begin_inset space ~
40308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40310 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40317 \begin_layout Subsection
40319 \begin_inset Index idx
40322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40329 \begin_inset Index idx
40332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40333 Longtables ! Caption
40341 \begin_layout Standard
40342 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40343 Floats are described in section
40344 \begin_inset space ~
40348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40350 reference "sec:Floats"
40354 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40361 \begin_inset space ~
40369 \begin_layout Subsection
40373 \begin_layout Standard
40374 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40375 \begin_inset space ~
40379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40381 reference "sec:Index"
40388 \begin_layout Subsection
40392 \begin_layout Standard
40393 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40394 \begin_inset space ~
40398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40400 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40407 \begin_layout Subsection
40411 \begin_layout Standard
40413 Tables are described in section
40414 \begin_inset space ~
40418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40420 reference "sec:Tables"
40427 \begin_layout Subsection
40431 \begin_layout Standard
40433 Graphics are described in section
40434 \begin_inset space ~
40438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40440 reference "sec:Graphics"
40447 \begin_layout Subsection
40451 \begin_layout Standard
40452 Inserts an URL as described in section
40453 \begin_inset space ~
40457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40459 reference "subsec:URLs"
40466 \begin_layout Subsection
40470 \begin_layout Standard
40471 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40472 \begin_inset space ~
40476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40478 reference "subsec:Hyperlinks"
40485 \begin_layout Subsection
40489 \begin_layout Standard
40490 Inserts a footnote, see section
40491 \begin_inset space ~
40495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40497 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40504 \begin_layout Subsection
40508 \begin_layout Standard
40509 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40510 \begin_inset space ~
40514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40516 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40523 \begin_layout Subsection
40527 \begin_layout Standard
40528 Inserts a short title, see section
40529 \begin_inset space ~
40533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40535 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40542 \begin_layout Subsection
40543 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
40547 \begin_layout Standard
40548 Inserts a \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
40549 Code box, see section
40550 \begin_inset space ~
40554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40556 reference "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40563 \begin_layout Subsection
40565 \begin_inset Index idx
40568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40577 \begin_layout Standard
40578 Inserts a program listings box.
40579 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40581 Program Code Listings
40586 \begin_inset space ~
40594 \begin_layout Subsection
40598 \begin_layout Standard
40599 Inserts the actual date.
40600 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40601 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
40603 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
40604 offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40612 \begin_inset space ~
40620 \begin_layout Section
40622 \begin_inset Index idx
40625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40634 \begin_layout Standard
40635 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40636 \begin_inset space ~
40639 of the current document.
40640 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
40643 \begin_layout Subsection
40647 \begin_layout Standard
40648 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40649 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40655 \begin_inset space \space{}
40659 \begin_inset space ~
40663 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40664 \begin_inset space ~
40667 2.5 and use the menu
40670 \begin_inset space ~
40674 \begin_inset space ~
40681 \begin_inset space ~
40687 \begin_inset space ~
40691 \begin_inset space ~
40697 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40701 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40707 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40713 \begin_layout Standard
40714 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40715 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40718 \begin_layout Subsection
40719 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40722 \begin_layout Standard
40723 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40727 \begin_layout Subsection
40731 \begin_layout Standard
40732 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40733 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
40734 on a cross-reference box.
40737 \begin_layout Subsection
40741 \begin_layout Standard
40742 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40743 in the output, see section
40746 \begin_inset space ~
40754 \begin_inset space ~
40759 manual for a detailed description.
40762 \begin_layout Section
40764 \begin_inset Index idx
40767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40776 \begin_layout Subsection
40780 \begin_layout Standard
40781 Change Tracking is described in section
40782 \begin_inset space ~
40786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40788 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40795 \begin_layout Subsection
40800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40810 \begin_layout Standard
40811 After running \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
40812 by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40814 It shows the logfile of the used \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
40818 \begin_layout Standard
40819 Here you can see how \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
40820 works in the background.
40825 will find in it reasons for \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
40829 \begin_layout Subsection
40833 \begin_layout Standard
40834 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40835 \begin_inset space ~
40839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40841 reference "sec:Navigating"
40846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40848 reference "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
40855 \begin_layout Subsection
40856 Start Appendix Here
40859 \begin_layout Standard
40860 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40861 position as described in section
40862 \begin_inset space ~
40866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40868 reference "sec:Appendices"
40875 \begin_layout Subsection
40879 \begin_layout Standard
40880 Un/compresses the current document.
40883 \begin_layout Subsection
40887 \begin_layout Standard
40888 The document settings are described in appendix
40889 \begin_inset space ~
40893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40895 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40902 \begin_layout Section
40904 \begin_inset Index idx
40907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40916 \begin_layout Subsection
40920 \begin_layout Standard
40921 Spell checking is explained in section
40922 \begin_inset space ~
40926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40928 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40935 \begin_layout Subsection
40939 \begin_layout Standard
40940 The thesaurus is described in section
40941 \begin_inset space ~
40945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40947 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40954 \begin_layout Subsection
40956 \begin_inset Index idx
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40966 \begin_inset Index idx
40969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40978 \begin_layout Standard
40979 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40983 \begin_layout Subsection
40984 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
40986 \begin_inset Index idx
40989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40990 \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
40999 \begin_layout Standard
41000 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
41004 \begin_layout Subsection
41006 \begin_inset Index idx
41009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41010 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
41015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41022 Reconfiguration of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
41026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41039 \begin_inset Index idx
41042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41043 Reconfiguration of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
41051 \begin_layout Standard
41052 This menu entry reconfigures \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
41053 ; that is, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
41054 looks for \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
41056 and needed programs it needs; see also section
41057 \begin_inset space ~
41061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41063 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41070 \begin_layout Subsection
41074 \begin_layout Standard
41075 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41076 \begin_inset space ~
41080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41082 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41089 \begin_layout Section
41091 \begin_inset Index idx
41094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41103 \begin_layout Standard
41104 This menu lists the documentation files of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
41105 in the language of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
41108 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
41111 \begin_layout Standard
41114 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
41115 \begin_inset space ~
41120 shows a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
41121 -document with information about the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
41122 -packages and classes
41123 found by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
41125 \begin_inset space ~
41129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41131 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41138 \begin_layout Section
41140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41142 name "sec:Toolbars"
41149 \begin_layout Standard
41150 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41151 \begin_inset space ~
41155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41157 reference "subsec:Toolbars"
41164 \begin_layout Standard
41165 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41166 This is described in the
41168 Additional Features
41173 \begin_layout Subsection
41175 \begin_inset Index idx
41178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41187 \begin_layout Standard
41188 \begin_inset Graphics
41189 filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41197 \begin_layout Standard
41198 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41204 \begin_layout Standard
41205 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41222 \begin_inset Note Note
41225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41226 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41231 manual for more information.
41239 \begin_layout Standard
41240 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41246 \begin_layout Standard
41247 \begin_inset Tabular
41248 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41249 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41250 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
41251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
41253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41257 \begin_inset Graphics
41258 filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41272 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
41285 \begin_layout Standard
41286 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41292 \begin_layout Standard
41294 \begin_inset Tabular
41295 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41296 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41297 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
41298 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
41299 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41322 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41352 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41382 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41389 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41398 arg "dialog-show print"
41406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41412 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
41419 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41428 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41442 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
41449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
41479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41502 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
41509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41532 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
41539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41562 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
41569 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41592 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
41599 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41608 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41622 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
41624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41646 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41660 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
41661 Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator
41668 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41689 Emphasize text, function of the
41691 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
41693 \begin_inset space ~
41704 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41725 Set text to noun style, function of the
41727 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
41729 \begin_inset space ~
41740 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41749 arg "textstyle-apply"
41757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41761 Formats text using the current settings in the
41763 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
41765 \begin_inset space ~
41776 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41799 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
41800 Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
41802 \begin_inset space ~
41811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41820 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41834 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
41841 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41848 arg "tabular-insert"
41856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41862 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
41869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41878 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41890 Toggle outline window on/off,
41892 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
41899 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41908 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41920 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41935 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41947 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41960 \begin_layout Subsection
41962 \begin_inset Index idx
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41974 \begin_layout Standard
41975 \begin_inset Graphics
41976 filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41984 \begin_layout Standard
41985 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41991 \begin_layout Standard
41992 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41996 \begin_layout Standard
41997 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42003 \begin_layout Standard
42004 \begin_inset Tabular
42005 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
42006 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42007 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
42008 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
42009 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42036 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42045 arg "layout Enumerate"
42053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42063 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42072 arg "layout Itemize"
42080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42117 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42126 arg "layout Description"
42134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42144 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42153 arg "depth-increment"
42161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42167 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
42169 \begin_inset space ~
42173 \begin_inset space ~
42182 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42191 arg "depth-decrement"
42199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42205 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
42207 \begin_inset space ~
42211 \begin_inset space ~
42220 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42229 arg "float-insert figure"
42237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42243 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42244 Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
42251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42260 arg "float-insert table"
42268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42274 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42275 Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
42282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42305 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42312 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42321 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42335 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42342 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42351 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42365 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42395 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42397 \begin_inset space ~
42406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42415 arg "nomencl-insert"
42423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42429 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42431 \begin_inset space ~
42440 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42449 arg "footnote-insert"
42457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42463 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42470 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42479 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42493 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42495 \begin_inset space ~
42504 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42527 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42528 Note\SpecialChar menuseparator
42529 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
42530 \begin_inset space ~
42539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42548 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42562 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42569 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42592 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42599 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42622 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42639 \begin_inset space ~
42648 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42657 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42671 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42672 Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
42679 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42688 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42702 Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
42703 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
42705 \begin_inset space ~
42714 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42723 arg "dialog-show character"
42731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42737 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
42739 \begin_inset space ~
42748 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42757 arg "layout-paragraph"
42765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42771 Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
42773 \begin_inset space ~
42782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42791 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42805 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
42819 \begin_layout Subsection
42820 View / Update Toolbar
42821 \begin_inset Index idx
42824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42825 Toolbar ! View / Update
42833 \begin_layout Standard
42834 \begin_inset Graphics
42835 filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42842 \begin_layout Standard
42843 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42849 \begin_layout Standard
42850 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42854 \begin_layout Standard
42855 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42861 \begin_layout Standard
42862 \begin_inset Tabular
42863 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42864 <features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42865 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
42866 <column alignment="left" valignment="top">
42867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42890 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
42897 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42906 arg "buffer-update"
42914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42920 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
42927 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42936 arg "master-buffer-view"
42944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42950 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
42957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42966 arg "master-buffer-update"
42974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42980 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
42982 \begin_inset space ~
42991 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43000 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
43008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43014 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
43015 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
43016 Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
43017 Synchronize with Output
43023 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43028 \begin_inset Graphics
43029 filename ../../images/view-others.png
43031 groupId toolbarbuttons
43042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43048 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
43049 View (Other Formats)
43055 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43060 \begin_inset Graphics
43061 filename ../../images/update-others.png
43063 groupId toolbarbuttons
43072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43078 View\SpecialChar menuseparator
43079 Update (Other Formats)
43092 \begin_layout Standard
43093 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43097 \begin_layout Subsection
43101 \begin_layout Standard
43102 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43103 \begin_inset space ~
43107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43109 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43113 , the table toolbar
43114 \begin_inset Index idx
43117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43126 \begin_inset space ~
43131 manual, the math macro toolbar
43132 \begin_inset Index idx
43135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43148 \begin_layout Chapter
43149 The Document Settings
43150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43152 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43157 \begin_inset Index idx
43160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43161 Document ! Settings
43169 \begin_layout Standard
43170 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43171 whole document and is called with the menu
43173 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
43177 You can save your document settings as default with th
43179 e Save as Document Defaults
43181 button in the dialog.
43182 This will create a template named
43186 which is automatically loaded by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
43187 when you create a new document without
43191 \begin_layout Standard
43192 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
43195 \begin_layout Section
43199 \begin_layout Standard
43200 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43202 Document classes are described in section
43203 \begin_inset space ~
43207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43209 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43214 Some classes use some class options by default.
43215 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43219 and you can decide to use them or not.
43220 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43221 recommended not to touch them.
43226 is used for \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43227 's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43232 , the default driver for the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43234 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43240 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43241 \begin_inset Newline newline
43246 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43249 \begin_inset Newline newline
43252 you first have to activate them in your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43253 distribution, see sec.
43254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43258 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43260 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43272 \begin_layout Standard
43273 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
43274 child or subdocument.
43275 This master document will be used by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
43276 when the child document is opened
43277 without its master.
43278 This way child documents are always compilable.
43279 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43286 \begin_inset space ~
43294 \begin_layout Standard
43295 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43306 \begin_inset Index idx
43309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43310 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43311 -packages ! prettyref
43317 \begin_inset Index idx
43320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43321 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43322 -packages ! refstyle
43327 for cross-references, see sec.
43328 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43334 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43341 \begin_layout Section
43345 \begin_layout Standard
43346 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43347 Please refer to the section
43350 \begin_inset space ~
43358 \begin_inset space ~
43363 manual for details.
43366 \begin_layout Section
43370 \begin_layout Standard
43371 Modules are explained in section
43372 \begin_inset space ~
43376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43378 reference "subsec:Modules"
43385 \begin_layout Section
43389 \begin_layout Standard
43391 \begin_inset space ~
43395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43397 reference "subsec:Local-Layout"
43404 \begin_layout Section
43408 \begin_layout Standard
43409 The document font settings are described in section
43410 \begin_inset space ~
43414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43416 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43423 \begin_layout Section
43427 \begin_layout Standard
43428 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43430 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
43434 \begin_layout Standard
43435 Note that \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
43436 will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43437 That is impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
43438 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43441 \begin_layout Section
43445 \begin_layout Standard
43446 A description of this menu is given in section
43447 \begin_inset space ~
43451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43453 reference "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43460 reference "subsec:Document-Layout"
43467 \begin_layout Section
43471 \begin_layout Standard
43472 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43473 \begin_inset space ~
43477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43479 reference "subsec:Margins"
43486 \begin_layout Section
43488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43490 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43495 \begin_inset Index idx
43498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43499 Language ! Encoding
43507 \begin_layout Standard
43508 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43509 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43511 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
43512 file is always encoded in utf8).
43513 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43514 be exported as \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43515 -commands (this can fail if a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43517 known for a particular character).
43521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43522 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43527 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43532 manual for details.
43540 \begin_layout Standard
43541 If you use the option
43545 , \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
43546 determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43547 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43548 than one encoding in the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43550 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43551 exactly one encoding.
43552 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43555 \begin_layout Standard
43556 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
43557 also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43558 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43559 If you want to use this (and your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43560 installation supports Unicode,
43561 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43562 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43563 is quite incomplete,
43564 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43569 (when \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
43570 uses its list of known \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43571 -commands), but does not work with
43572 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43573 -commands is not used,
43574 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43575 The situation is much better with Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
43576 and Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
43577 , two new alternative
43578 engines to standard \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43580 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43581 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
43582 now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43585 \begin_inset space ~
43592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43604 \begin_inset space ~
43611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43623 \begin_inset space ~
43626 (Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
43630 \begin_inset space ~
43634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43636 reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
43641 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43645 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43648 \begin_layout Standard
43652 \begin_inset space ~
43657 determines the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43658 -package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43668 The possible settings are:
43671 \begin_layout Description
43672 Default is the package
43677 \begin_inset Index idx
43680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43681 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43690 \begin_layout Description
43691 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43692 format you will use.
43693 For example for the Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
43694 formats the package
43699 \begin_inset Index idx
43702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43703 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43704 -packages ! polyglossia
43709 will be used instead of
43716 \begin_layout Description
43718 \begin_inset space ~
43721 Babel uses in every case
43728 \begin_layout Description
43729 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43730 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43734 (for German texts), type in
43737 \begin_inset Newline newline
43742 usepackage{ngerman}
43745 \begin_layout Description
43746 None will not use a language package.
43747 This necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43750 \begin_layout Standard
43751 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43754 \begin_layout Description
43756 \begin_inset space ~
43760 \begin_inset space ~
43764 \begin_inset space ~
43771 , but the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43777 \begin_inset Index idx
43780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43781 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43782 -packages ! inputenc
43788 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43789 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43790 languages in \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
43794 \begin_layout Description
43795 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43796 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
43797 converts all other characters into \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43798 commands, which may result
43799 in a big file when lots of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43800 -commands are needed.
43803 \begin_layout Description
43805 \begin_inset space ~
43809 \begin_inset space ~
43812 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43815 \begin_layout Description
43817 \begin_inset space ~
43821 \begin_inset space ~
43824 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43827 \begin_layout Description
43829 \begin_inset space ~
43832 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43835 \begin_layout Description
43837 \begin_inset space ~
43841 \begin_inset space ~
43844 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43845 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43848 \begin_layout Description
43850 \begin_inset space ~
43854 \begin_inset space ~
43857 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43861 \begin_layout Description
43863 \begin_inset space ~
43867 \begin_inset space ~
43870 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43871 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43874 \begin_layout Description
43876 \begin_inset space ~
43880 \begin_inset space ~
43884 \begin_inset space ~
43887 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43888 \begin_inset space ~
43894 \begin_layout Description
43896 \begin_inset space ~
43900 \begin_inset space ~
43904 \begin_inset space ~
43907 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43908 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43911 \begin_layout Description
43913 \begin_inset space ~
43917 \begin_inset space ~
43920 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43921 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43922 is not available for \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43923 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43924 \begin_inset space ~
43928 \begin_inset space ~
43934 \begin_layout Description
43936 \begin_inset space ~
43940 \begin_inset space ~
43943 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43944 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43945 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
43946 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43947 \begin_inset space ~
43951 \begin_inset space ~
43957 \begin_layout Description
43959 \begin_inset space ~
43963 \begin_inset space ~
43966 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43969 \begin_layout Description
43971 \begin_inset space ~
43975 \begin_inset space ~
43978 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43981 \begin_layout Description
43983 \begin_inset space ~
43987 \begin_inset space ~
43990 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
43993 \begin_layout Description
43995 \begin_inset space ~
43998 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44001 \begin_layout Description
44003 \begin_inset space ~
44006 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44009 \begin_layout Description
44011 \begin_inset space ~
44015 \begin_inset space ~
44018 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44021 \begin_layout Description
44023 \begin_inset space ~
44027 \begin_inset space ~
44033 \begin_layout Description
44035 \begin_inset space ~
44039 \begin_inset space ~
44042 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44045 \begin_layout Description
44047 \begin_inset space ~
44051 \begin_inset space ~
44057 \begin_layout Description
44059 \begin_inset space ~
44063 \begin_inset space ~
44066 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44072 \begin_inset Index idx
44075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44076 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44082 , when using this, set the document language to
44087 \begin_layout Description
44089 \begin_inset space ~
44093 \begin_inset space ~
44096 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44101 , when using this, set the document language to
44104 \begin_inset space ~
44110 \begin_layout Description
44112 \begin_inset space ~
44116 \begin_inset space ~
44119 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44125 \begin_inset Index idx
44128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44129 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44130 -packages ! japanese
44135 , when using this, set the document language to
44140 \begin_layout Description
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44146 \begin_inset space ~
44149 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44154 , when using this, set the document language to
44159 \begin_layout Description
44161 \begin_inset space ~
44165 \begin_inset space ~
44168 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44173 , when using this, set the document language to
44178 \begin_layout Description
44180 \begin_inset space ~
44183 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44186 \begin_layout Description
44188 \begin_inset space ~
44192 \begin_inset space ~
44196 \begin_inset space ~
44199 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44202 \begin_layout Description
44204 \begin_inset space ~
44208 \begin_inset space ~
44212 \begin_inset space ~
44215 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44216 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44217 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44220 \begin_layout Description
44222 \begin_inset space ~
44226 \begin_inset space ~
44232 \begin_layout Description
44234 \begin_inset space ~
44238 \begin_inset space ~
44241 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44242 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44245 \begin_layout Description
44247 \begin_inset space ~
44251 \begin_inset space ~
44254 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44260 \begin_inset Index idx
44263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44264 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44270 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44273 \begin_layout Description
44275 \begin_inset space ~
44278 (Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
44280 \begin_inset space ~
44283 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44285 Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
44289 Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
44291 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44297 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
44298 automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
44299 or Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
44301 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44304 \begin_layout Description
44306 \begin_inset space ~
44310 \begin_inset space ~
44313 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44319 \begin_inset Index idx
44322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44323 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44329 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44332 \begin_layout Description
44334 \begin_inset space ~
44337 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44343 \begin_inset Index idx
44346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44347 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44348 -packages ! inputenc
44354 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44358 \begin_layout Description
44360 \begin_inset space ~
44364 \begin_inset space ~
44368 \begin_inset space ~
44371 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44372 \begin_inset space ~
44378 \begin_layout Description
44380 \begin_inset space ~
44384 \begin_inset space ~
44388 \begin_inset space ~
44391 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44392 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44393 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44397 \begin_layout Description
44399 \begin_inset space ~
44403 \begin_inset space ~
44407 \begin_inset space ~
44410 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44411 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44414 \begin_layout Standard
44415 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44419 LatexCommand formatted
44420 reference "subsec:Prefs-Language"
44424 for more information on the language package.
44427 \begin_layout Section
44429 \begin_inset Index idx
44432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44439 \begin_inset Index idx
44442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44451 \begin_layout Standard
44452 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44454 \begin_inset space ~
44457 out notes (default: light grey).
44462 sets the color back to the default.
44465 \begin_layout Standard
44466 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44468 \begin_inset space ~
44471 boxes (default: red).
44474 \begin_layout Standard
44475 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44479 The colors are not shown within \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
44480 , only in the output.
44482 \begin_inset space ~
44485 out note appears blue in the output.)
44493 \begin_layout Standard
44494 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44497 \begin_inset space ~
44502 in the document settings under
44505 \begin_inset space ~
44510 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44513 \begin_inset space ~
44521 \begin_inset space ~
44527 For example the option
44530 \begin_layout Standard
44536 \begin_layout Standard
44537 sets the link text color to black.
44538 For more information, see the manual of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44544 \begin_inset Index idx
44547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44548 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44549 -packages ! hyperref
44555 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44564 \begin_layout Standard
44565 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44571 \begin_layout Standard
44572 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44573 page in your document if you use these commands as \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
44574 \begin_inset space ~
44577 Code behind a forced page break:
44580 \begin_layout Itemize
44581 For the page color:
44582 \begin_inset Newline newline
44589 pagecolor{color name}
44592 \begin_layout Itemize
44593 For the text color:
44594 \begin_inset Newline newline
44604 \begin_layout Standard
44605 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44638 \begin_inset Newline newline
44641 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44645 \begin_layout Itemize
44646 For the page background color:
44647 \begin_inset Newline newline
44652 page_backgroundcolor
44655 \begin_layout Itemize
44656 For the main text color:
44657 \begin_inset Newline newline
44665 \begin_layout Itemize
44667 \begin_inset space ~
44670 box background color:
44671 \begin_inset Newline newline
44679 \begin_layout Itemize
44681 \begin_inset space ~
44684 out note text color:
44685 \begin_inset Newline newline
44693 \begin_layout Standard
44694 How to define and use custom colors, see section
44697 \begin_inset space ~
44705 \begin_inset space ~
44713 \begin_layout Section
44717 \begin_layout Standard
44718 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44719 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44720 \begin_inset space ~
44724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44726 reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
44733 \begin_layout Section
44737 \begin_layout Standard
44738 Here you can specify a citation style using the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44744 \begin_inset Index idx
44747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44748 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44759 \begin_inset Index idx
44762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44763 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44764 -packages ! jurabib
44770 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44776 \begin_inset Index idx
44779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44780 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44781 -packages ! bibtopic
44786 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44788 For a further description see section
44789 \begin_inset space ~
44793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44795 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44802 \begin_layout Section
44806 \begin_layout Standard
44807 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44808 and you can define additional indexes.
44809 Please refer to section
44810 \begin_inset space ~
44814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44816 reference "sec:Index"
44823 \begin_layout Section
44827 \begin_layout Standard
44828 The PDF properties are explained in section
44829 \begin_inset space ~
44833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44835 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44842 \begin_layout Section
44846 \begin_layout Standard
44847 These options will force \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
44848 to use the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44854 \begin_inset Index idx
44857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44858 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44859 -packages ! amsmath
44869 \begin_inset Index idx
44872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44873 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44884 \begin_inset Index idx
44887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44888 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44889 -packages ! mathdots
44899 \begin_inset Index idx
44902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44903 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44909 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44912 \begin_layout Description
44913 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
44914 -errors in formulas,
44915 ensure that you have enabled
44918 \begin_inset space ~
44926 \begin_layout Description
44927 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44930 \begin_inset space ~
44942 \begin_layout Description
44943 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44954 \begin_layout Description
44955 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44957 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44966 \begin_layout Section
44970 \begin_layout Standard
44971 The float placement options are described in section
44974 \begin_inset space ~
44982 \begin_inset space ~
44990 \begin_layout Section
44994 \begin_layout Standard
44995 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44997 Program Code Listings
45002 \begin_inset space ~
45010 \begin_layout Section
45014 \begin_layout Standard
45015 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45016 The itemize environment is described in section
45017 \begin_inset space ~
45021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45023 reference "sec:Itemize"
45030 \begin_layout Section
45034 \begin_layout Standard
45035 Branches are described in section
45036 \begin_inset space ~
45040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45042 reference "sec:Branches"
45049 \begin_layout Section
45051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45053 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45060 \begin_layout Standard
45061 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45064 \begin_layout Description
45066 \begin_inset space ~
45070 \begin_inset space ~
45073 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45093 View Master Document
45094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45101 Update Master Document
45102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45109 menu or the toolbar.
45110 The default is set in
45112 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
45113 Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
45117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45122 LatexCommand formatted
45123 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45130 \begin_layout Description
45132 \begin_inset space ~
45136 \begin_inset space ~
45139 Output settings for the menu
45141 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
45143 \begin_inset space ~
45149 For a detailed description see section
45151 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45156 \begin_inset space ~
45164 \begin_layout Description
45166 \begin_inset space ~
45170 \begin_inset space ~
45173 Options settings for the export format
45175 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45182 \begin_inset space ~
45187 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45188 \begin_inset space ~
45191 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45195 \begin_inset space ~
45200 settings are described in detail in section
45202 Math Output in XHTML
45207 \begin_inset space ~
45213 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45216 \begin_layout Section
45221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45231 \begin_layout Standard
45232 In this text field are entered commands to load special \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
45234 to define \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
45236 The preamble is a thing for \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
45238 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45242 \begin_layout Standard
45243 An introduction to the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
45244 -syntax is given in section
45245 \begin_inset space ~
45249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45251 reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
45258 \begin_layout Chapter
45264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45266 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45271 \begin_inset Index idx
45274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45283 \begin_layout Standard
45284 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45286 Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
45290 It has the following submenus.
45293 \begin_layout Section
45297 \begin_layout Subsection
45301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45302 User Interface File
45303 \begin_inset Index idx
45306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45307 Customization ! of toolbars
45313 \begin_inset Index idx
45316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45317 Customization ! of menus
45325 \begin_layout Standard
45326 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45334 You have to restart \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45335 before the change of the user interface file take
45344 \begin_layout Standard
45345 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45346 interface (ui) file.
45347 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45348 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45357 Both files are loaded by the
45362 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45363 files and edit the entries.
45366 \begin_layout Standard
45367 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45379 entries must be ended with an explicit
45404 and in the case of the
45405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45417 The syntax for the entries is:
45420 \begin_layout Standard
45421 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45442 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45450 \begin_layout Standard
45452 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45455 All \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45456 -functions are listed in the menu
45458 Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
45459 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45460 \begin_inset space ~
45468 \begin_layout Standard
45469 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45475 \begin_layout Standard
45476 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45478 Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
45481 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45485 \begin_layout Standard
45486 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45510 \begin_layout Standard
45512 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45515 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45518 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45522 \begin_layout Standard
45525 Enable tool tips in main work area
45527 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45535 \begin_layout Standard
45539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45546 restoring of window layout and geometries
45548 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45549 's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45550 in the last \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45554 \begin_layout Standard
45557 Restore cursor positions
45559 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
45563 \begin_layout Standard
45566 Load opened files from last session
45568 opens all files that were opened in the last \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45572 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45574 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45576 name "subsec:Backup documents"
45581 \begin_inset Index idx
45584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45593 \begin_layout Standard
45598 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
45601 \begin_layout Standard
45606 is the number of last opened files that \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45607 should display in the menu
45610 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
45612 \begin_inset space ~
45620 \begin_layout Standard
45623 Open documents in tabs
45625 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45626 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45630 \begin_layout Subsection
45632 \begin_inset Index idx
45635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45644 name "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
45651 \begin_layout Standard
45652 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45655 \begin_layout Standard
45656 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45664 This section only deals with the fonts
45668 the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45670 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45673 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
45674 Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
45685 \begin_layout Standard
45686 By default, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45691 as roman (serif) font,
45699 (depends on the system) as
45702 \begin_inset space ~
45718 \begin_layout Standard
45719 You can change the font size with the
45724 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
45725 current \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45726 session by pressing
45730 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
45733 \begin_layout Standard
45738 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
45739 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45744 points have the size of 1
45745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45749 \begin_inset space ~
45753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45755 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45762 \begin_layout Standard
45767 are the same as if a document font size of 10
45768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45772 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45773 \begin_inset space ~
45777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45779 reference "subsec:Document-Font"
45786 \begin_layout Standard
45789 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45791 enabled, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45792 needs to redraw the screen less often.
45793 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45794 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45795 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45797 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45798 \begin_inset space ~
45804 \begin_layout Subsection
45806 \begin_inset Index idx
45809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45810 Color ! \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45817 \begin_inset Index idx
45820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45829 \begin_layout Standard
45830 You can here change all the colors used by \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45832 Choose an item in the list and use the
45839 \begin_layout Subsection
45841 \begin_inset Index idx
45844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45853 \begin_layout Standard
45854 Here you can specify if graphics inside \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
45858 \begin_layout Standard
45863 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45864 This feature is described in section
45865 \begin_inset space ~
45869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45871 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45878 \begin_layout Standard
45882 \begin_inset space ~
45886 \begin_inset space ~
45890 \begin_inset space ~
45895 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45898 \begin_layout Section
45900 \begin_inset Index idx
45903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45912 \begin_layout Subsection
45916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45920 \begin_layout Standard
45923 Cursor follows scrollbar
45925 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
45929 \begin_layout Standard
45932 Sort environments alphabetically
45934 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45937 \begin_layout Standard
45940 Group environments by their category
45942 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
45945 \begin_layout Standard
45946 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
45958 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45962 \begin_layout Standard
45963 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
45968 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
45969 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
45973 \begin_layout Subsection
45975 \begin_inset Index idx
45978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45985 \begin_inset Index idx
45988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45989 Settings ! Shortcuts
45997 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46001 \begin_layout Standard
46002 Bindings are used to bind a \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46003 -function to a key.
46004 Several binding files are available:
46007 \begin_layout Description
46008 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46011 \begin_layout Description
46012 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46023 \begin_layout Description
46024 mac.bind set of bindings for
46027 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46035 \begin_layout Standard
46036 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46040 , and bind files for special languages.
46041 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46046 \begin_inset space \space{}
46050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46058 If you use \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46059 in a certain language, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46060 will try to use the appropriate
46064 \begin_layout Standard
46065 Some bind-files, like
46069 , have only a small scope.
46070 When looking at the end of the file
46074 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46081 name "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts"
46086 \begin_inset Index idx
46089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46090 Key Bindings ! Editing
46098 \begin_layout Standard
46099 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46100 the table in the dialog that lists all \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46101 -functions and the bound shortcuts.
46102 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46105 Show key-bindings containing
46108 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46109 Insert there for example as keyword
46110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46117 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46127 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46128 All \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46129 -functions are also listed in the file
46131 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46134 that you will find in the
46141 \begin_layout Standard
46143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46147 \begin_inset space \space{}
46158 , select the function and press the
46163 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46164 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46165 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46166 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46167 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46169 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46170 will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46172 The binding for the function
46176 is an example of this.
46179 \begin_layout Standard
46180 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46182 The syntax of the entries is:
46185 \begin_layout Standard
46191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46202 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46210 \begin_layout Subsection
46212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46214 name "subsec:Keyboard-Map"
46219 \begin_inset Index idx
46222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46229 \begin_inset Index idx
46232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46233 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46241 \begin_layout Standard
46242 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46243 For the case that this is not possible, \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46244 provides keyboard maps.
46246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46250 \begin_inset space \space{}
46253 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46254 can use the keyboard map file named
46261 \begin_layout Standard
46262 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46270 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46278 \begin_layout Standard
46279 Besides this, you can specify here the
46281 Wheel scrolling speed
46284 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46288 \begin_layout Subsection
46290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46292 name "subsec:Input-Completion-Appendix"
46297 \begin_inset Index idx
46300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46309 \begin_layout Standard
46310 Input completion is described in sec.
46311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46317 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46322 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
46324 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
46325 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
46329 \begin_layout Section
46331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46338 \begin_inset Index idx
46341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46348 \begin_inset Index idx
46351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46360 \begin_layout Description
46362 \begin_inset space ~
46365 directory This is \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46366 's working directory.
46367 It is the default when you
46378 \begin_inset space ~
46386 \begin_layout Description
46388 \begin_inset space ~
46391 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46393 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
46395 \begin_inset space ~
46399 \begin_inset space ~
46407 \begin_layout Description
46409 \begin_inset space ~
46412 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46418 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
46422 \begin_inset Newline newline
46426 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46438 button does not exist when using \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46439 on MacOS and Windows systems.
46447 \begin_layout Description
46449 \begin_inset space ~
46453 \begin_inset Index idx
46456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46462 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46463 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46464 \begin_inset space ~
46468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46470 reference "subsec:Backup documents"
46478 will be used to save the backups.
46479 \begin_inset Newline newline
46482 The backup files have the ending
46483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46493 \begin_layout Description
46498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46505 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
46506 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46508 \begin_inset Newline newline
46515 : You add a Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
46516 -database test.bib to your document.
46517 You can edit this file with the program
46526 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46527 in its preferences under
46530 \begin_inset space ~
46536 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46541 and click on the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46543 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46544 in your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46550 and \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46551 need of course to be run the same time.
46552 \begin_inset Newline newline
46556 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46564 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
46572 \begin_layout Description
46574 \begin_inset space ~
46577 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46580 \begin_layout Description
46582 \begin_inset space ~
46585 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46586 When \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46587 needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46588 to find it on the system.
46589 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46590 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46599 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46600 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46604 \begin_layout Section
46608 \begin_layout Standard
46609 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46610 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46612 \begin_inset space ~
46616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46618 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46622 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46625 \begin_layout Section
46627 \begin_inset Index idx
46630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46631 Language ! Settings
46637 \begin_inset Index idx
46640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46641 Settings ! Language
46649 \begin_layout Subsection
46651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46653 name "subsec:Prefs-Language"
46660 \begin_layout Description
46662 \begin_inset space ~
46666 \begin_inset space ~
46669 language Here you can select the language of \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46671 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
46672 It works on Linux for the languages into \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
46673 's menus and dialogs are translated.
46674 You find the actual translation status here:
46675 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46677 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46678 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46685 \begin_layout Description
46687 \begin_inset space ~
46690 language is the language used in new documents
46693 \begin_layout Description
46695 \begin_inset space ~
46698 package determines which \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
46699 package should be loaded to handle language
46701 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46702 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46719 The most widespread language package is
46724 \begin_inset Index idx
46727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46728 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
46734 , it is the default language package in classic \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
46736 However, more recent typesetting engines such as Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
46737 and Lua\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
46739 with the alternative language package
46744 \begin_inset Index idx
46747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46748 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
46749 -packages ! polyglossia
46754 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46755 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46757 The available selections are described in sec.
46758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46764 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46771 \begin_layout Description
46773 \begin_inset space ~
46777 \begin_inset space ~
46780 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46784 \begin_layout Description
46786 \begin_inset space ~
46789 start When a special \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
46790 -package is needed to write in a certain document
46791 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46792 An example is the start command
46798 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46800 Arab\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
46803 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46818 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46823 \begin_layout Description
46825 \begin_inset space ~
46833 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46834 command toggles the package on and off.
46837 \begin_layout Description
46839 \begin_inset space ~
46843 \begin_inset space ~
46846 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46847 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
46848 used by all \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
46850 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
46857 \begin_layout Description
46859 \begin_inset space ~
46862 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
46864 When this option is not set, the
46867 \begin_inset space ~
46872 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
46874 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
46877 \begin_inset space ~
46885 \begin_layout Description
46887 \begin_inset space ~
46893 \begin_inset space ~
46899 When it is not set, the
46902 \begin_inset space ~
46907 is set to the end of the document.
46910 \begin_layout Description
46912 \begin_inset space ~
46916 \begin_inset space ~
46919 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
46920 language will be underlined blue.
46923 \begin_layout Description
46925 \begin_inset space ~
46929 \begin_inset space ~
46932 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
46933 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
46936 \begin_layout Description
46938 \begin_inset space ~
46941 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
46942 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
46943 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
46944 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
46947 \begin_layout Subsection
46951 \begin_layout Standard
46952 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
46953 \begin_inset space ~
46957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46959 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
46966 \begin_layout Section
46970 \begin_layout Subsection
46972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46974 name "subsec:Printer"
46979 \begin_inset Index idx
46982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46989 \begin_inset Index idx
46992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47001 \begin_layout Description
47003 \begin_inset space ~
47006 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47007 The name will be used when the
47012 \begin_inset Newline newline
47016 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47024 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47032 \begin_layout Description
47034 \begin_inset space ~
47037 command is the command \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
47038 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47045 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
47047 The default is on most systems
47054 \begin_layout Description
47056 \begin_inset space ~
47060 \begin_inset space ~
47063 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47064 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47065 of the program that provides the
47072 \begin_layout Description
47074 \begin_inset space ~
47078 \begin_inset space ~
47082 \begin_inset space ~
47085 printer This option works only for the
47090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47102 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47103 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47106 \begin_layout Subsection
47108 \begin_inset Index idx
47111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47118 \begin_inset Index idx
47121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47122 Settings ! Date format
47130 \begin_layout Standard
47131 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47132 \begin_inset Newline newline
47136 \begin_inset Flex URL
47139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47141 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47147 \begin_inset Newline newline
47150 For example the format
47151 \begin_inset Newline newline
47155 \begin_inset Newline newline
47158 prints the date as day/month/year.
47161 \begin_layout Subsection
47165 \begin_layout Description
47167 \begin_inset space ~
47171 \begin_inset space ~
47174 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47177 File\SpecialChar menuseparator
47178 Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
47180 \begin_inset space ~
47186 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47190 \begin_layout Description
47192 \begin_inset space ~
47195 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
47200 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
47201 Setting this as empty tells \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
47202 to use the internal formatter.
47205 \begin_layout Subsection
47210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47220 name "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
47225 \begin_inset Index idx
47228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47229 Settings ! \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
47237 \begin_layout Description
47242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47250 \begin_inset space ~
47253 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47258 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47280 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47293 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47294 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
47295 sets up in the background.
47296 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47299 \begin_layout Description
47301 \begin_inset space ~
47305 \begin_inset space ~
47308 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47313 value depends on your \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
47317 \begin_layout Standard
47318 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
47319 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47320 manuals of the applications.
47321 Currently the following commands can be set:
47324 \begin_layout Description
47329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47337 \begin_inset space ~
47340 command Command for the program
47342 Check\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
47344 that is described in the section
47346 Checking \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
47350 Additional Features
47355 \begin_layout Description
47360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47368 \begin_inset space ~
47371 command Command for the program
47373 Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
47375 that generates the bibliography, see section
47376 \begin_inset space ~
47380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47382 reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
47389 \begin_layout Description
47391 \begin_inset space ~
47394 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
47395 \begin_inset space ~
47399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47401 reference "subsec:Index-Program"
47408 \begin_layout Description
47410 \begin_inset space ~
47413 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47414 \begin_inset space ~
47418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47420 reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Program"
47427 \begin_layout Description
47429 \begin_inset space ~
47433 \begin_inset space ~
47437 \begin_inset space ~
47441 \begin_inset space ~
47444 options They only have an effect when the program
47448 is used as DVI-viewer.
47451 \begin_layout Standard
47452 There are additionally the following options:
47455 \begin_layout Description
47457 \begin_inset space ~
47461 \begin_inset space ~
47465 \begin_inset space ~
47469 \begin_inset space ~
47472 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
47473 \begin_inset space ~
47476 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47494 to separate folders.
47495 This option is enabled by default when you use \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
47497 \begin_inset Index idx
47500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47507 \begin_inset Index idx
47510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47519 \begin_layout Description
47521 \begin_inset space ~
47525 \begin_inset space ~
47529 \begin_inset space ~
47533 \begin_inset space ~
47537 \begin_inset space ~
47541 \begin_inset space ~
47544 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47546 Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
47549 dialog when changing the document class.
47552 \begin_layout Section
47554 \begin_inset space ~
47558 \begin_inset Index idx
47561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47570 \begin_layout Subsection
47572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47574 name "subsec:Converters"
47579 \begin_inset Index idx
47582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47591 \begin_layout Standard
47592 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47593 from one format to another.
47594 You can modify them or create new ones.
47595 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47602 \begin_inset space ~
47612 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47616 \begin_inset space ~
47621 drop-down list, modify the
47625 field, and press the
47632 \begin_layout Standard
47635 Converter File Cache
47637 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47640 Maximum Age (in days
47643 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47644 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47647 \begin_layout Standard
47648 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
47649 the converter definition, is described in the section
47660 \begin_layout Subsection
47662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47664 name "sec:File-Formats"
47669 \begin_inset Index idx
47672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47679 \begin_inset Index idx
47682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47691 \begin_layout Standard
47692 Here you find the list of defined file formats that \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
47694 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47698 \begin_layout Standard
47699 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
47700 is described in the section
47711 \begin_layout Standard
47712 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
47714 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47715 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
47716 This is done by specifying a
47721 More about this is described in the section
47732 \begin_layout Chapter
47733 Units available in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
47734 \begin_inset Index idx
47737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47746 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47753 \begin_layout Standard
47754 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47757 reference "cap:Units"
47761 explains all units available in \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
47765 \begin_layout Standard
47766 \begin_inset Float table
47772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47773 \begin_inset Caption Standard
47775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47791 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47799 \begin_inset Tabular
47800 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47801 <features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
47802 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
47803 <column alignment="center" valignment="top">
47805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47899 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47903 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47927 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47954 scaled point (65536
47955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47959 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47987 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48015 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48047 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48070 % of original image width
48077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48263 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48284 \begin_layout Chapter
48286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48295 \begin_layout Standard
48296 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48297 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48300 \begin_layout Itemize
48303 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48306 \begin_layout Itemize
48312 \begin_layout Itemize
48318 \begin_layout Itemize
48324 \begin_layout Itemize
48330 \begin_layout Itemize
48336 \begin_layout Itemize
48342 \begin_layout Itemize
48348 \begin_layout Itemize
48351 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48354 \begin_layout Itemize
48360 \begin_layout Itemize
48366 \begin_layout Itemize
48372 \begin_layout Itemize
48378 \begin_layout Itemize
48384 \begin_layout Itemize
48390 \begin_layout Itemize
48396 \begin_layout Itemize
48402 \begin_layout Itemize
48403 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
48405 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48414 \begin_layout Standard
48415 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48418 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48425 \begin_layout Bibliography
48426 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48427 LatexCommand bibitem
48433 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
48435 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48438 target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
48443 \begin_inset Newline newline
48447 \begin_inset Flex URL
48450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48452 http://www.lyx.org/Credits
48460 \begin_layout Bibliography
48461 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48462 LatexCommand bibitem
48463 key "latexcompanion"
48467 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48469 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48470 Companion Second Edition.
48473 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48476 \begin_layout Bibliography
48477 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48478 LatexCommand bibitem
48483 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48486 A Guide to \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48490 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48493 \begin_layout Bibliography
48494 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48495 LatexCommand bibitem
48502 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48503 : A Document Preparation System.
48506 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48509 \begin_layout Bibliography
48510 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48511 LatexCommand bibitem
48520 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
48524 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48527 \begin_layout Bibliography
48528 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48529 LatexCommand bibitem
48534 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
48536 \begin_inset Newline newline
48540 \begin_inset Flex URL
48543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48545 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48553 \begin_layout Bibliography
48554 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48555 LatexCommand bibitem
48560 The \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48562 \begin_inset Newline newline
48566 \begin_inset Flex URL
48569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48571 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48579 \begin_layout Bibliography
48580 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48581 LatexCommand bibitem
48587 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48589 name "Documentation"
48590 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48596 Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
48599 \begin_inset Newline newline
48603 \begin_inset Flex URL
48606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48608 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48616 \begin_layout Bibliography
48617 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48618 LatexCommand bibitem
48624 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48626 name "Documentation"
48627 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48631 how to use the program
48633 Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
48636 \begin_inset Newline newline
48640 \begin_inset Flex URL
48643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48645 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48653 \begin_layout Bibliography
48654 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48655 LatexCommand bibitem
48661 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48663 name "Documentation"
48664 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48673 \begin_inset Newline newline
48677 \begin_inset Flex URL
48680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48682 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48690 \begin_layout Bibliography
48691 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48692 LatexCommand bibitem
48698 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48700 name "Documentation"
48701 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48710 \begin_inset Newline newline
48714 \begin_inset Flex URL
48717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48719 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48727 \begin_layout Bibliography
48728 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48729 LatexCommand bibitem
48735 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48737 name "Documentation"
48738 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf"
48742 of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48748 \begin_inset Index idx
48751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48752 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48753 -packages ! caption
48759 \begin_inset Newline newline
48763 \begin_inset Flex URL
48766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48768 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf
48776 \begin_layout Bibliography
48777 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48778 LatexCommand bibitem
48784 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48786 name "Documentation"
48787 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
48791 of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48797 \begin_inset Index idx
48800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48801 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48802 -packages ! fancyhdr
48808 \begin_inset Newline newline
48812 \begin_inset Flex URL
48815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48817 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
48825 \begin_layout Bibliography
48826 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48827 LatexCommand bibitem
48833 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48835 name "Documentation"
48836 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
48840 of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48846 \begin_inset Index idx
48849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48850 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48851 -packages ! hyperref
48857 \begin_inset Newline newline
48861 \begin_inset Flex URL
48864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48866 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
48874 \begin_layout Bibliography
48875 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48876 LatexCommand bibitem
48882 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48884 name "Documentation"
48885 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
48889 of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48895 \begin_inset Index idx
48898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48899 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48900 -packages ! nomencl
48906 \begin_inset Newline newline
48910 \begin_inset Flex URL
48913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48915 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
48923 \begin_layout Bibliography
48924 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48925 LatexCommand bibitem
48931 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48933 name "Documentation"
48934 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
48938 of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48944 \begin_inset Index idx
48947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48948 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48949 -packages ! prettyref
48955 \begin_inset Newline newline
48959 \begin_inset Flex URL
48962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48964 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
48972 \begin_layout Bibliography
48973 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48974 LatexCommand bibitem
48980 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48982 name "Documentation"
48983 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
48987 of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48993 \begin_inset Index idx
48996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48997 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
48998 -packages ! refstyle
49004 \begin_inset Newline newline
49008 \begin_inset Flex URL
49011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49013 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49021 \begin_layout Bibliography
49022 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49023 LatexCommand bibitem
49029 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49031 name "Documentation"
49032 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49036 of the \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
49042 \begin_inset Index idx
49045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49046 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LaTeX
49053 \begin_inset Newline newline
49057 \begin_inset Flex URL
49060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49062 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49070 \begin_layout Bibliography
49071 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49072 LatexCommand bibitem
49078 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49081 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
49085 how to use \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49086 with Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
49088 \begin_inset Newline newline
49092 \begin_inset Flex URL
49095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49097 http://wiki.lyx.org/\SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49098 /Xe\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
49106 \begin_layout Bibliography
49107 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49108 LatexCommand bibitem
49114 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49117 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49121 how to set up \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49123 \begin_inset Newline newline
49127 \begin_inset Flex URL
49130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49132 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49140 \begin_layout Bibliography
49141 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49142 LatexCommand bibitem
49148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49151 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49155 how to set up \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49157 \begin_inset Newline newline
49161 \begin_inset Flex URL
49164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49166 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49174 \begin_layout Bibliography
49175 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49176 LatexCommand bibitem
49182 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49185 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49189 how to set up \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49191 \begin_inset Newline newline
49195 \begin_inset Flex URL
49198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49200 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49208 \begin_layout Bibliography
49209 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49210 LatexCommand bibitem
49216 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49219 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49223 how to set up \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49225 \begin_inset Newline newline
49229 \begin_inset Flex URL
49232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49234 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49242 \begin_layout Bibliography
49243 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49244 LatexCommand bibitem
49250 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49253 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49257 how to set up \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49259 \begin_inset Newline newline
49263 \begin_inset Flex URL
49266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49268 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49276 \begin_layout Bibliography
49277 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49278 LatexCommand bibitem
49284 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49287 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49291 how to set up \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49293 \begin_inset Newline newline
49297 \begin_inset Flex URL
49300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49302 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49310 \begin_layout Bibliography
49311 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49312 LatexCommand bibitem
49318 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49321 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49325 how to set up \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49327 \begin_inset Newline newline
49331 \begin_inset Flex URL
49334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49336 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49344 \begin_layout Bibliography
49345 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49346 LatexCommand bibitem
49352 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49355 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49359 how to set up \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49361 \begin_inset Newline newline
49365 \begin_inset Flex URL
49368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49370 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49378 \begin_layout Bibliography
49379 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49380 LatexCommand bibitem
49386 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49389 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49393 how to set up \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49395 \begin_inset Newline newline
49399 \begin_inset Flex URL
49402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49404 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49412 \begin_layout Bibliography
49413 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49414 LatexCommand bibitem
49420 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49423 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49427 about new features in
49429 \SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49433 \begin_inset Newline newline
49437 \begin_inset Flex URL
49440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49442 http://wiki.lyx.org/\SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49443 /NewIn\SpecialCharNoPassThru LyX
49452 \begin_layout Standard
49453 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49487 \begin_inset Note Note
49490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49497 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49498 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49499 bibliography is the second one:
49507 \begin_layout Standard
49508 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49509 LatexCommand bibtex
49510 bibfiles "../biblio/LyXDocs"
49511 options "../biblio/alphadin"
49518 \begin_layout Standard
49519 The above bibliography is created from a Bib\SpecialCharNoPassThru TeX
49523 \begin_layout Standard
49524 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49525 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49531 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49532 LatexCommand printindex